WO2022168631A1 - Mixed composition - Google Patents
Mixed composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022168631A1 WO2022168631A1 PCT/JP2022/002095 JP2022002095W WO2022168631A1 WO 2022168631 A1 WO2022168631 A1 WO 2022168631A1 JP 2022002095 W JP2022002095 W JP 2022002095W WO 2022168631 A1 WO2022168631 A1 WO 2022168631A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- solvent
- different
- mass
- organosilicon compound
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 153
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 242
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 150000003961 organosilicon compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 172
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 106
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 103
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 80
- 239000005871 repellent Substances 0.000 claims description 71
- 229910052731 fluorine Chemical group 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- -1 α-methylvinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 29
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 28
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims description 10
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005370 alkoxysilyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical group OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000003377 silicon compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 214
- 239000011254 layer-forming composition Substances 0.000 description 74
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 46
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 46
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 42
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 42
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 39
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 29
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 28
- 229910020175 SiOH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 27
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 27
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000009975 flexible effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 20
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 20
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 19
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 18
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diacetone alcohol Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 15
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 13
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 11
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 9
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000013076 target substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000012046 mixed solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005233 alkylalcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- BYKNGMLDSIEFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoroheptan-1-ol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)F BYKNGMLDSIEFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 4
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012760 heat stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011256 inorganic filler Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910003475 inorganic filler Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000006551 perfluoro alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920006254 polymer film Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000002940 repellent Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- XZUFJUJMSCHNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OC(F)(F)C(O)(F)C(F)(F)F XZUFJUJMSCHNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SLBOQBILGNEPEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroprop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 SLBOQBILGNEPEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OXYZDRAJMHGSMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropropyl(trimethoxy)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCCl OXYZDRAJMHGSMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004962 Polyamide-imide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- BGQGQIOVLHIPRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N difluoromethanediol Chemical compound OC(O)(F)F BGQGQIOVLHIPRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940035429 isobutyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002346 layers by function Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCN PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002312 polyamide-imide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 3
- WZLFPVPRZGTCKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane Chemical compound CC(F)(F)CC(F)(F)F WZLFPVPRZGTCKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical group N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001609 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013556 antirust agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004566 building material Substances 0.000 description 2
- XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl benzoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002781 deodorant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical class C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MRELNEQAGSRDBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[La+3].[La+3] MRELNEQAGSRDBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005375 organosiloxane group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000010702 perfluoropolyether Substances 0.000 description 2
- RVZRBWKZFJCCIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorotributylamine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)N(C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F RVZRBWKZFJCCIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005033 polyvinylidene chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silanol Chemical compound [SiH3]O SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GETTZEONDQJALK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC=C1 GETTZEONDQJALK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDIJDQNYSUHWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-henicosafluorodecan-2-ol Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F JDIJDQNYSUHWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCOCC(C)O RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFUYAWQUODQGFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxy-1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane Chemical compound CCOC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F DFUYAWQUODQGFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQEGLLMNIBLLNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxy-1,1,2,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propane Chemical compound CCOC(F)(F)C(F)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F SQEGLLMNIBLLNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUGSKHLZINSXPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoropentan-1-ol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)F JUGSKHLZINSXPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBUKAOOFKZFCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropan-1-ol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)C(F)F NBUKAOOFKZFCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGTZMJIMMUNLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-ethoxyphenoxy)-phenylmethyl]morpholine;methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CCOC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1OCCNC1 CGTZMJIMMUNLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQBXSWAWVZHKBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOCCOC(C)=O NQBXSWAWVZHKBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCMNMOBHVPONLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,6-nonafluorohexan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F JCMNMOBHVPONLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-amino-1h-indol-3-yl)-2-azaniumylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCIGYTFKOXGYTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-cyanopropyldiazenyl)butanenitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCN=NCCCC#N YCIGYTFKOXGYTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004697 Polyetherimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBUCAPSNRDZVKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Fe+]C1C=CC=C1 Chemical class [Fe+]C1C=CC=C1 RBUCAPSNRDZVKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011354 acetal resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006397 acrylic thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001893 acrylonitrile styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004844 aliphatic epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZIXLDMFVRPABBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-methylcyclopentanone Natural products CC1CCCC1=O ZIXLDMFVRPABBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002519 antifouling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005601 base polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEQNOZDXPONEMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium;oxotin Chemical compound [Cd].[Sn]=O BEQNOZDXPONEMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012461 cellulose resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012986 chain transfer agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003098 cholesteric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010411 cooking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006356 dehydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- CHDFNIZLAAFFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxyethane;oxolane Chemical compound CCOCC.C1CCOC1 CHDFNIZLAAFFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLSMFKSTNGKWQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CO XLSMFKSTNGKWQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRHKULZDDYWVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxozinc;tin Chemical compound [In].[Sn].[Zn]=O HRHKULZDDYWVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000484 niobium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical compound C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);tantalum(5+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ta+5].[Ta+5] BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004624 perflexane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZJIJAJXFLBMLCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorohexane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ZJIJAJXFLBMLCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAJLKEVKNDUJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorotripropylamine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)N(C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F JAJLKEVKNDUJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920005575 poly(amic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001230 polyarylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006289 polycarbonate film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006267 polyester film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000306 polymethylpentene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011116 polymethylpentene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000007519 polyprotic acids Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCUZVMOVTVSBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enenitrile;styrene Chemical compound C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 SCUZVMOVTVSBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000003678 scratch resistant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010897 surface acoustic wave method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001936 tantalum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009864 tensile test Methods 0.000 description 1
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011135 tin Substances 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M trans-cinnamate Chemical group [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioxidane Chemical compound OOO JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006305 unsaturated polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc indium(3+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O--].[Zn++].[In+3] YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical class O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D183/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
- C09D183/14—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers in which at least two but not all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/28—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
- B32B27/283—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polysiloxanes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K3/00—Materials not provided for elsewhere
- C09K3/18—Materials not provided for elsewhere for application to surfaces to minimize adherence of ice, mist or water thereto; Thawing or antifreeze materials for application to surfaces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B27/08—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/36—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G77/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G77/48—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule in which at least two but not all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
- C08G77/54—Nitrogen-containing linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G77/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G77/60—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule in which all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
- C08G77/62—Nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L83/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L83/04—Polysiloxanes
- C08L83/06—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L83/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L83/10—Block- or graft-copolymers containing polysiloxane sequences
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D183/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
- C09D5/002—Priming paints
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
- C09D7/20—Diluents or solvents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/10—Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/26—Polymeric coating
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/70—Other properties
- B32B2307/73—Hydrophobic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
- B32B2457/20—Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G77/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G77/04—Polysiloxanes
- C08G77/22—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
- C08G77/26—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen nitrogen-containing groups
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a laminate including a mixed composition and an intermediate layer formed from the composition.
- various water-repellent films are used as water-repellent coatings or water- and oil-repellent coatings.
- a water-repellent film is usually used by being formed on a substrate, and when applying a composition for forming a water-repellent film to a substrate, it is necessary to form other layers such as a primer layer on the substrate in advance. , the composition may be applied to form a water-repellent coating or a water- and oil-repellent coating.
- the surface of a cured coating film (I) having a glass transition temperature of 80 ° C. or higher is subjected to oxidation treatment, and then the treated surface is selected from isocyanate group-containing unsaturated compounds and isocyanate group-containing silane compounds.
- the primer layer (II) After forming the primer layer (II) by applying and drying the composition (A) containing at least one of the , that a functional layer such as water repellency can be formed on the surface of the cured coating film.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a composition having excellent storage stability.
- the present invention which has solved the above problems, is as follows.
- [1] A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
- the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H) and the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) in the Hansen solubility parameters is ⁇ H/ ⁇ D
- the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410
- the ratio of solvent 2 ( ⁇ H / ⁇ D) is 0.410 or more.
- [2] The composition according to [1], wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
- Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 )
- ⁇ D1 dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
- ⁇ D2 dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ P1 the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ P2 Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ H1 hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
- ⁇ H2 Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen so
- solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
- organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
- R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different.
- Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present;
- Rf x11 the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different.
- Rf x14 may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different, R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different, X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different, Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different, Z 11 is a vinyl group, ⁇ -methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group; p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an
- R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ;
- Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
- x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different, R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
- X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different
- Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group
- R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other.
- Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present;
- Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different.
- Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—
- X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group)
- R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group
- R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group
- X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different
- a window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to [9] or [10].
- composition with excellent storage stability can be provided.
- composition of the present invention is a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, solvent 1, and solvent 2, wherein the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H) and the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) is defined as ⁇ H/ ⁇ D, the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 2 is 0.410 or more. do.
- the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1, and solvent 2 are described in order below.
- Organosilicon compound (C) is an organosilicon compound having an amino group or an amine skeleton.
- the intermediate layer (c) formed from the composition functions as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r) in the later-described laminate. can do. Therefore, in the laminate described later, the adhesion of the water-repellent layer (r) to the substrate (s) is improved, and as a result, the abrasion resistance of the laminate can be improved.
- the organosilicon compound (C) mixed in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds.
- the organosilicon compound (C) one having at least one amine skeleton is preferred.
- the amine skeleton is represented by -NR 10 -, where R 10 is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
- R 10 is preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- the organosilicon compound (C) contains a plurality of amine skeletons, the plurality of amine skeletons may be the same or different.
- a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is preferably bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
- the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
- an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C).
- the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (c1) to (c3).
- Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c1) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C1))
- R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x11 are present, the plurality of R x11 are different from each other.
- Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present;
- Rf x11 the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different.
- Rf x14 may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different, R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different, X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different, Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different, Z 11 is a vinyl group, ⁇ -methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group; p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an
- R x11 , R x12 , R x13 and R x14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 and Rf x14 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
- R x15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- X 11 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or an ethoxy is particularly preferred.
- Y 11 is preferably -NH-.
- Z 11 is preferably a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, a mercapto group or an amino group, more preferably a mercapto group or an amino group, particularly preferably an amino group.
- p1 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 2-10.
- Each of p2, p3 and p4 is independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
- p5 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-3, still more preferably 1-3.
- p6 is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- both R x11 and R x12 are hydrogen atoms
- Y 11 is —NH—
- X 11 is an alkoxy group (especially a methoxy group or an ethoxy group )
- Z 11 is an amino group or a mercapto group
- p1 is 1 to 10
- p2, p3 and p4 are all
- p5 is 0 to 5 (especially 1 to 3)
- p6 is preferably 3.
- the p1 units (U c11 ) do not need to be continuously bonded to each other, and may be bonded via other units in the middle. Just do it. The same applies to the units (U c12 ) to (U c15 ) bounded by p2 to p5.
- the organosilicon compound (C1) is preferably represented by the following formula (c1-2).
- X 12 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 12 are present, the plurality of X 12 may be different, Y 12 is -NH-, Z 12 is an amino group or a mercapto group, R x16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x16 are present, the plurality of R x16 may be different, p is an integer of 1 to 3, q is an integer of 2 to 5, r is an integer of 0 to 5, s is 0 or 1, When s is 0, Z 12 is an amino group.
- X 12 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or An ethoxy group is particularly preferred.
- Z 12 is preferably an amino group.
- R x16 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- p is preferably an integer of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- q is preferably an integer of 2 to 3
- r is preferably an integer of 2 to 4
- the sum of q and r is 1 to 5.
- Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c2) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C2))
- R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ;
- Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
- x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different, R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
- X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different
- R x20 and R x21 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
- R x22 and R x23 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups.
- X 20 and X 21 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
- At least one amine skeleton —NR 100 — may be present in the molecule, and the amine skeleton may be replaced by either a repeating unit bracketed with p20 or p21. , p20 are preferably part of a bracketed repeating unit.
- a plurality of the amine skeletons may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2-5. In this case, it is preferable to have - ⁇ C(R x20 )(R x21 ) ⁇ p200 - between adjacent amine skeletons, and p200 is preferably 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5. is more preferred.
- p200 is included in the total number of p20s.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
- the amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
- p20 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
- p21 is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 2, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
- p22 and p23 are preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- R x20 and R x21 are both hydrogen atoms
- X 20 and X 21 are alkoxy groups (especially methoxy groups or ethoxy groups)
- p20 is and at least one repeating unit enclosed in parentheses is replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —
- R 100 is a hydrogen atom
- p20 is 1 to 10 (provided that the amine skeleton is substituted excluding the number of repeating units), it is preferable to use a compound in which p21 is 0 and p22 and p23 are 3.
- the organosilicon compound (C2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (c2-2).
- X 22 and X 23 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 22 and X 23 are present, the plurality of X 22 and X 23 may be different, R x24 and R x25 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x24 and R x25 are present, a plurality of R x24 and R x25 may be different, —C w H 2w — has at least one of its methylene groups replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, where R 100 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; w is an integer of 1 to 30 (excluding the number of methylene groups substituted for the amine skeleton), p24 and p25 are each independently an integer of 1-3.
- X 22 and X 23 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
- a plurality of amine skeletons —NR 100 — may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 2 to 5. More preferred. Moreover, in this case, it is preferable to have an alkylene group between adjacent amine skeletons.
- the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene groups between adjacent amine skeletons is included in the total number of w.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
- the amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
- R x24 and R x25 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- p24 and p25 are preferably integers of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- w is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
- Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c3) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C3))
- Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group.
- Reactive functional groups include vinyl, ⁇ -methylvinyl, styryl, methacryloyl, acryloyl, amino, epoxy, ureido, or mercapto groups.
- Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group, or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
- R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 .
- R x31 , R x32 , R x33 and R x34 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present;
- the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different.
- Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are preferably C 1-10 alkyl groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms.
- Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are multiple Y 31 s, the multiple Y 31s may be different.
- Y 31 is preferably -NH-.
- X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different.
- X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
- p31 is an integer of 0 to 20
- p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10
- p35 is an integer of 0 to 5
- p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1.
- p31 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 3-13, still more preferably 5-10.
- p32, p33 and p34 are each independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
- p35 is preferably 0-3.
- p36 is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3.
- p37 is preferably 1.
- the organosilicon compound (C3) satisfies the condition that at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is —NH— or —N(CH 3 )—, and the formula p31 - ⁇ C(R x31 ) (R x32 ) ⁇ -unit (U c31 ), p32- ⁇ C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 ) ⁇ -unit (U c32 ), p33- ⁇ Si(R x33 )(R x34 ) ⁇ - unit (U c33 ), p34 - ⁇ Si(Rf x33 )(Rf x34 ) ⁇ - unit (U c34 ), p35 -Y 31 - unit (U c35 ), p36 - ⁇ Si(X 31 ) (X 32 )-O ⁇ -unit (U c36 ) and p37 - ⁇ Si(X 33 )(X 34
- the p31 units (U c31 ) do not need to be continuously linked, and may be linked via other units in the middle, and the total number of p31 units may be p31. .
- Z 31 and Z 32 are amino groups, R x31 and R x32 are hydrogen atoms, p31 is 3 to 13 (preferably 5 to 10), and R x33 and R all of x34 are hydrogen atoms, all of Rf x31 to Rf x34 are alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms, and p32 to p34 are all 0 to 5, Y 31 is —NH—, p35 is 0 to 5 (preferably 0 to 3), X 31 to X 34 are all —OH, and p36 is 1 to 5 (preferably is 1-3) and p37 is 1 is preferred.
- the organosilicon compound (C3) is preferably represented by the following formula (c3-2).
- Z 31 , Z 32 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 and Y 31 have the same meanings as those in formula (c3), and p41 to p44 are each independent is an integer of 1 to 6, and p45 and p46 are each independently 0 or 1.
- Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
- X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably R c is a hydrogen atom .
- Y 31 is preferably -NH-.
- p41 to p44 are preferably 1 or more, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. Both p45 and p46 are preferably 0.
- the composition of the present invention is a composition in which the organosilicon compound (C) and solvents 1 and 2 described later are mixed.
- the composition of the present invention is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and solvent 2, and when components other than the above components are mixed, the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and It is obtained by mixing solvent 2 with other components.
- the composition of the present invention includes those that have undergone a reaction after mixing, for example, during storage. For example, it includes a compound whose hydrolyzable group is a —SiOH group by hydrolysis. Further, as an example of the progress of the reaction during storage of the composition, the composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (C).
- the —SiOH group of C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis undergoes dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (C) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds. and condensates formed by More specifically, the condensate includes, for example, an organosilicon compound (C3') in which the organosilicon compound (C3) is condensed with at least one of X 31 to X 34 and bonded.
- the organosilicon compound (C3′) has two or more structures (c31-1) represented by the following formula (c31-1), and the structures (c31-1) are represented by *3 or *4 below.
- a chain or ring-bonded compound, wherein the bond in *3 or *4 below is due to the condensation of two or more of the organosilicon compounds (C3) above X 31 or X 32 , *1 and *2 in the following formula (c31-1) are, respectively, at least the units enclosed by p31, p32, p33, p34, p35, (p36)-1, and p37 in the following formula (c31-2)
- One type is bonded in any order and a group having a terminal Z- is bonded, and the groups bonded to *1 and *2 may be different for each of the plurality of structures (c31-1),
- *3 which is the terminal
- *4 is a hydroxy group.
- Z is a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group
- R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , R x34 , Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , Rf x34 , Y 31 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 , p31 to p37 are synonymous with these signs of
- the organosilicon compound (C3) is a compound represented by the above formula (c3-2)
- the organosilicon compound (C3′) is, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (c31-3) *3 below. or *4 may be a chain or ring-bonded compound.
- the terminal *3 is a hydrogen atom and the terminal *4 is a hydroxy group.
- the organosilicon compound (C3') is preferably a compound in which 2 to 10 (preferably 3 to 8) structures represented by the formula (c31-3) are bonded.
- organosilicon compound (C) only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used.
- organosilicon compound (C) it is preferable to use at least the organosilicon compound (C1) and/or the organosilicon compound (C2).
- the total amount of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. It is preferably 0.02% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass. or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less.
- the amount of the above organosilicon compound (C) can be adjusted during preparation of the composition.
- the amount of the organosilicon compound (C) may be calculated from the analysis results of the composition.
- the type of each compound contained in the composition is analyzed by gas chromatography mass spectrometry, liquid chromatography mass spectrometry, etc., and the obtained analysis
- the results can be identified by library searching, and the amount of each compound contained in the composition can be calculated from the above analytical results using the calibration curve method.
- the range of the amount or mass ratio of each component is described, the range can be adjusted at the time of preparation of the composition.
- the Hansen solubility parameter divides the solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand into three components: the dispersion term ( ⁇ D), the polar term ( ⁇ P), and the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H). It is represented.
- the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) indicates the effect of the dispersion force
- the polar term ( ⁇ P) indicates the effect of the dipole force
- the hydrogen bond term ( ⁇ H) indicates the effect of the hydrogen bond force.
- Hansen Solubility Parameters The definition and calculation of the Hansen Solubility Parameters are described in Charles M. Hansen, Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook (CRC Press, 2007). In addition, by using the computer software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP), the Hansen Solubility Parameters can be easily estimated from the chemical structure of compounds for which literature values are not known. Furthermore, for compounds for which literature values are unknown, it is possible to calculate the Hansen solubility parameter by using the melting sphere method described later.
- HSPiP version 5.2.05 is used to use registered Hansen Solubility Parameter values for solvents registered in the database, and Regarding, the Hansen solubility parameter is calculated by using the melting sphere method described later.
- the dissolving sphere method is a method for calculating the Hansen solubility parameter of a target substance, in which the target substance is dissolved or dispersed in many different solvents whose Hansen solubility parameters It can be determined by a solubility test that evaluates solubility or dispersibility.
- the type of solvent used in the solubility test is preferably selected so that the total value of the HSP dispersion term, polar term and hydrogen bonding term of each solvent varies widely between solvents, more specifically, preferably It is preferable to evaluate using 10 or more solvents, more preferably 15 or more solvents, and still more preferably 17 or more solvents.
- the target substance If the mixture of the target substance and the solvent becomes cloudy, the target substance precipitates, or the target substance and the solvent separate into layers, it can be determined that the target substance is not dissolved or dispersed in the solvent.
- a specific method for the solubility test will be described in detail in the Examples section.
- the Hansen Solubility Parameters of some other solvent that was not used to determine the Hansen Solubility Parameters of the object was ( ⁇ d, ⁇ p, ⁇ h)
- the point indicated by the coordinates would be inside the solubility sphere of the object.
- the solvent is believed to dissolve or disperse the object.
- the coordinate point is outside the solubility sphere of the target, the solvent is considered incapable of dissolving or dispersing the target.
- the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) is less than 0.410.
- the solvent 1 refers to a compound that is liquid at room temperature.
- Solvent 1 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410. may be either.
- the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the compounds contained in the solvent 1 is preferably 0.400 or less, may be 0.10 or more, preferably 0.20 or more, and more preferably 0.30 or more. be.
- solvent 1 examples include ester solvents 1-A such as butyl acetate and butyl benzoate; ketone solvents 1-A such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether.
- Solvent 1-A Hydrocarbon solvent 1-A such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, etc.; Among them, ester solvent 1-A is preferred, and butyl acetate is particularly preferred.
- the ester solvent 1-A, the ketone solvent 1-A, the ether solvent 1-A, and the hydrocarbon solvent 1-A each have a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410. Refers to solvents, ketone solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
- the amount of solvent 1 is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is 90% by mass or more, more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
- the content of solvent 1 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or more, from the viewpoint of improving coatability. More preferably 150 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 300 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the composition, it is preferably 20000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10000 parts by mass. Below, it is more preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 600 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
- Solvent 2 is a solvent composed of a compound having the above ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. By including the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1 in the composition of the present invention, a composition with good storage stability can be obtained, and preferably a composition with good storage stability and coatability can be obtained. .
- a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C), and during storage of the composition, the —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (C)
- the progress of the condensation reaction between the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by the hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable groups bonded to the silicon atoms is one of the factors that reduce the storage stability of the composition. It is considered.
- the composition of the present invention contains the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1, such a condensation reaction and the like can be suppressed.
- the storage stability of the composition can be evaluated, for example, by measuring the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy after preparation.
- the number of days until white turbidity is observed is, for example, 2 days or more, preferably 5 days or more, more preferably 5 days or more. It is 8 days or more, more preferably 10 days or more, and for example 200 days or less.
- Solvent 2 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. may be either.
- the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the compounds contained in the solvent 2 is preferably 0.430 or more, and may be 1.8 or less, preferably 1.5 or less, more preferably 1.3 or less. be.
- the solvent 2 include non-fluorine-type solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, and benzyl alcohol.
- non-fluorine-type solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, and benzyl alcohol.
- Alcohol-based solvent 2-A 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, perfluorooctylethanol, 1,1,3,3 ,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoro-1-pentanol, 2, 2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9-hexadecafluoro-1-nonaol, 1H,1H,2H,2H-tridecafluoro- Fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A such as 1-n-octanol, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-nonafluoro-1-hexanol; Ketone solvent 2-A such as acetone; Ether solvent 2-A such as tetrahydrofuran Ether alcohol solvent 2-A such as ethylene glycol monobutyl
- the ether ester solvent 2-A is a non-fluorinated alcohol solvent, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether solvent, and an ether alcohol solvent, each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. , and refers to ether ester solvents.
- non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent refers to an alcoholic solvent having no fluorine atoms
- fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent refers to an alcoholic solvent having at least one fluorine atom.
- Ketone solvents do not include solvents having alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
- a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A or a distance Ra of the Hansen solubility parameter to the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on the formula (E.1) is 5 (J/cm 3 ). It preferably contains 0.5 or less organic solvent 2-B, and may be a mixed solvent containing non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and organic solvent 2-B.
- alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, or alcoholic hydroxyl groups and diacetone alcohols in the molecule
- a keto alcohol having a carbonyl group is preferred, an alkyl alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or diacetone alcohol is more preferred, and ethanol or diacetone alcohol is particularly preferred.
- the amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0%, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. 0.03% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably It is 0.1% by mass or less.
- Organic solvent 2-B is an organic solvent composed of a compound having a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less from the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on formula (E.1). be.
- ⁇ D1 dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
- ⁇ D2 dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ P1 the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ P2 Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
- ⁇ H1 hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
- ⁇ H2 Hydrogen bonding term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5
- J/cm 3 Hydrogen bonding term
- the organic solvent 2-B has a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more and a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). It is an organic solvent consisting of compounds.
- the organic solvent 2-B may be either a single solvent consisting of a compound satisfying the above conditions or a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each satisfying the above conditions.
- the compound contained in the organic solvent 2-B has a distance Ra calculated based on the above formula (E.1) of 4.8 (J/cm 3 ) is preferably 0.5 or less, more preferably 4.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, still more preferably 3.5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and 0.5 (J/cm 3 ) It may be 0.5 or more, 1.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more, or 2.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more.
- the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can use the value determined by the above-described dissolving sphere method. Also, when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of two compounds, the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can be calculated based on formula (E.2). Volume fractions can also be approximated to weight fractions. In formula (E.2), one of the above two compounds is described as an organosilicon compound (Cc1) and the other as an organosilicon compound (Cc2).
- x I is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc1) in the organosilicon compound (C);
- x II is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc2) in the organosilicon compound (C);
- ( ⁇ D1 I , ⁇ P1 I , ⁇ H1 I ) is the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (Cc1);
- ( ⁇ D1 II , ⁇ P1 II , ⁇ H1 II ) are the Hansen solubility parameters of the organosilicon compound (Cc2).
- the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can also be calculated by similar calculations when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of three or more types.
- organic solvent 2-B may vary depending on the organosilicon compound (C), but are compounds with a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). As long as the above non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, ketone solvent 2-A, ether solvent 2-A, ether alcohol solvent 2-A, and ether ester solvent Compounds exemplified for solvent 2-A may also be used. When the solvent 2 contains the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B, the organic solvent 2-B does not contain the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A.
- the amount of the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, even more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
- the total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, when the entire solvent 2 is 100% by mass. , more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
- the amount of the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A is the same as the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2.
- the total 100% by mass of -B it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 50% by mass or less, more It is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the solvent 2 preferably contains at least a non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, or a ketone solvent 2-A. More preferably, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent thereof.
- non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol and isobutyl alcohol, or keto alcohols such as diacetone alcohol are preferable. , more preferably alkyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably ethanol or diacetone alcohol.
- the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably an alkyl alcohol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in which two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene structure in the molecule.
- the ketone-based solvent 2-A is preferably a ketone having an alkyl group bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group, more preferably a ketone having an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group. and particularly preferably acetone.
- the amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. is preferred, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
- the amount of non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less, or 0.1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
- the amount of the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
- the amount of fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
- the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and preferably 75% by mass or less.
- the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is 20% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. good too.
- the total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A is 50% by mass or more when the total amount of the solvent 2 is 100% by mass. preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
- the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent containing two or more solvents selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A
- a mixed solvent containing the fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent containing the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A is preferable.
- the amount of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A is equal to that of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A.
- the ketone-based solvent 2-A in a total of 100% by mass preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less. is preferred, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A
- the amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A is -A and ketone solvent 2-A in total 100% by mass, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the amount of the solvent 2 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass.
- the amount of the solvent 2 when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass may be 20% by mass or less, may be 5% by mass or less, or may be 1% by mass or less. .
- the content of the solvent 2 relative to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10 parts by mass or more, and It is preferably 300 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the solvent 2 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) may be 20 parts by mass or less, 10 parts by mass or less, or 3 parts by mass or less.
- the total amount of solvent 1 and solvent 2 is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and still more preferably 95% by mass or more when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
- the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more, and 250% by mass or less. is preferably By adjusting the mass ratio of Solvent 1 and Solvent 2 to the above range, the storage stability of the composition can be improved, and the appearance of the obtained laminate can be improved.
- the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 may be 100% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less. Further, by setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, preferably 2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition can be further improved. By setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.05% by mass or less, the sliding angle of the resulting laminate can be made smaller.
- the total amount of the organosilicon compound (C), the solvent 1 and the solvent 2 is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
- the composition of the present invention contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, an antiviral agent, and a biofouling agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- Various additives such as inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, and antistatic agents may be mixed.
- the amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the mixed composition of the present invention.
- the composition of the present invention can be used as a coating agent for the intermediate layer between the substrate and the water-repellent layer.
- the composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as intermediate layer-forming composition) has excellent storage stability. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, even if the laminate is obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer immediately after preparation, the laminate obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer after being stored after preparation Even in the body, the physical properties (preferably abrasion resistance) and/or appearance of the laminate remain good.
- a laminate including an intermediate layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition of the present invention will be described below.
- the laminate of the present invention is a laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c), and the intermediate layer (c) is composed of the composition of the present invention. It is characterized by being a layer formed from an object.
- the laminate of the present invention has good water repellency, preferably good water repellency and abrasion resistance.
- base material (s) The material of the base material (s) is not particularly limited, and may be either an organic material or an inorganic material, and the shape of the base material may be flat, curved, or a combination of these. good.
- organic materials include acrylic resins, acrylonitrile resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate), styrene resins, cellulose resins, polyolefin resins, vinyl resins (e.g., polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinylbenzyl chloride, etc.).
- thermoplastic resins such as phenol resins, urea resins, melamine resins, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins and urethane resins.
- inorganic materials include metals such as iron, silicon, copper, zinc, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, niobium, tantalum, and lanthanum, metal oxides thereof, alloys containing these metals, ceramics, and glass.
- organic materials are particularly preferable, and at least one of acrylic resins, polyester resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and urethane resins is more preferable, acrylic resins and polyester resins are more preferable, and polyethylene terephthalate. is particularly preferred.
- inorganic particles organic particles, rubber particles in the substrate (s), and also colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers.
- colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers.
- Ingredients such as agents, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants and solvents may also be incorporated.
- the thickness of the substrate (s) is, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 30 ⁇ m or more, and may be 500 ⁇ m or less, preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 150 ⁇ m. Below, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 60 ⁇ m or less.
- Layer (X) In the laminate of the present invention, a layer (X) different from the substrate (s), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) is provided between the substrate (s) and the intermediate layer (c). is preferably provided.
- the layer (X) include layers formed from at least one selected from the group (X1) consisting of active energy ray-curable resins and thermosetting resins.
- the active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can generate active species by decomposing a compound that generates active species, and includes visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays and An electron beam etc. can be mentioned.
- the active energy ray-curable resins include acrylic resins, epoxy resins, oxetane resins, urethane resins, polyamide resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, vinyl resins (polyethylene, vinyl chloride resins, etc.), styrene.
- UV-curable resins such as phenol-based resins, phenolic resins, vinyl ether-based resins, silicone-based resins, or mixed resins thereof, and electron beam-curable resins are included, and UV-curable resins are particularly preferred.
- group (X1) acrylic resins, silicone resins, styrene resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyamide resins, phenol resins, and epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
- the layer (X) is at least one selected from the group (X2) consisting of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, lanthanum oxide, and SiO 2 Layers that are formed can also be mentioned.
- the thickness of the layer (X) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 60 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 10 ⁇ m or less.
- Hard coat layer (hc) When the layer (X) has a layer formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), the layer (X) can function as a hard coat layer (hc) having surface hardness, The material (s) can be made scratch resistant.
- the hard coat layer (hc) generally has a pencil hardness of B or higher, preferably HB or higher, more preferably H or higher, and even more preferably 2H or higher.
- the hard coat layer (hc) may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure.
- the hard coat layer (hc) preferably contains, for example, the above-described UV-curable resin, and particularly preferably contains an acrylic resin or a silicone resin. is preferred. It is also preferable to contain an epoxy-based resin, since there is a tendency for good adhesion with the water-repellent layer (r) via the intermediate layer (c). A specific method for forming the active energy ray-curable resin and the thermosetting resin constituting the group (X1) will be described later in the column of the display device.
- the hard coat layer (hc) may contain additives.
- Additives are not limited and include inorganic microparticles, organic microparticles, or mixtures thereof.
- additives include ultraviolet absorbers, silica, metal oxides such as alumina, and inorganic fillers such as polyorganosiloxane.
- the thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less.
- the thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is 1 ⁇ m or more, sufficient scratch resistance can be ensured, and when it is 100 ⁇ m or less, flex resistance can be ensured, and as a result, curling due to curing shrinkage can be suppressed. becomes.
- Antireflection layer (ar) When the layer (X) has a layer formed of at least one selected from the group (X2), the layer (X) functions as an antireflection layer (ar) that prevents reflection of incident light. can be done.
- the antireflection layer (ar) is a layer exhibiting reflection characteristics in which the reflectance is reduced to about 5.0% or less in the visible light region of 380 to 780 nm. is preferably
- the antireflection layer (ar) preferably comprises a layer formed from silica.
- the structure of the antireflection layer (ar) is not particularly limited, and may be a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. In the case of a multilayer structure, a structure in which low refractive index layers and high refractive index layers are alternately laminated is preferable, and the number of laminated layers is preferably 2 to 20 in total.
- Materials for forming the high refractive index layer include oxides of titanium, zirconium, aluminum, niobium, tantalum, or lanthanum, and materials for forming the low refractive index layer include silica.
- the multilayered antireflection layer has a structure in which SiO 2 (silica) and ZrO 2 or SiO 2 and Nb 2 O 5 are alternately laminated, and the outermost layer on the side opposite to the substrate (s) is SiO 2 . is preferred.
- the antireflection layer (ar) can be formed by vapor deposition, for example.
- the thickness of the antireflection layer (ar) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
- the layer (X) preferably contains at least the hard coat layer (hc), and may contain both the hard coat layer (hc) and the antireflection layer (ar).
- the laminate of the present invention comprises, from the substrate side, the substrate (s), the hard coat layer (hc) , the antireflection layer (ar), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) are preferably laminated in this order.
- the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition, and is preferably a cured layer of the intermediate layer-forming composition.
- the intermediate layer (c) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C). As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C).
- the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom is the — derived from the organosilicon compound (C)
- the intermediate layer (c) should have a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with SiOH groups or active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl groups) on the surface of the laminate where the intermediate layer (c) is formed. is preferred.
- the intermediate layer (c) can function as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r).
- the thickness of the intermediate layer (c) is, for example, 1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
- the water-repellent layer (r) is preferably a layer formed from a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (A) described later (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a water-repellent layer). More preferably, it is a cured layer of a layer-forming composition.
- Organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure.
- the fluoropolyether structure can also be referred to as a fluorooxyalkylene group, and means a structure in which both ends are oxygen atoms.
- Fluoropolyether structures have liquid repellency, such as water repellency or oil repellency.
- the fluoropolyether structure is preferably a perfluoropolyether structure.
- the number of carbon atoms contained in the longest linear portion of the fluoropolyether structure is, for example, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more.
- the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 200, preferably 150.
- the number of silicon atoms in one molecule of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6.
- the organosilicon compound (A) preferably contains a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group (hereinafter both are collectively referred to as a reactive group (h3)) in addition to a fluoropolyether structure and a silicon atom, and the More preferably, the reactive group (h3) is bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group or not via a linking group.
- the reactive group (h3) forms a water-repellent layer with the organosilicon compound (A), with another monomer, with the organosilicon compound (A), or with the organosilicon compound (A) through a hydrolysis/dehydration condensation reaction.
- the reactive group (h3) is preferably an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom, and particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
- the organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure, a silicon atom and a reactive group (h3)
- a monovalent group having an oxygen atom of the fluoropolyether structure at the terminal on the bond side hereinafter referred to as an FPE group
- the silicon atom is bonded with or without a linking group
- the silicon atom and the reactive group (h3) are bonded with or without a linking group Bonding is preferred.
- the silicon atom bonded to the reactive group (h3) via the linking group or not via the linking group is the organosilicon compound (A) may be present in one molecule, and the number thereof is, for example, 1 or more and 10 or less.
- the FPE group may be linear or may have a side chain, and preferably has a side chain.
- the fluoropolyether structure in the FPE group has a side chain. It preferably has a fluoroalkyl group as a side chain, and the fluoroalkyl group is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, still more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
- the carbon number of the linking group linking the FPE group and the silicon atom is, for example, 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 2 or more and 15 or less.
- the FPE group described above is preferably a group in which a fluorine-containing group having a fluoroalkyl group at its end and a perfluoropolyether structure are directly bonded.
- the fluorine-containing group may be a fluoroalkyl group or a group in which a linking group such as a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to a fluoroalkyl group, but is preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
- the fluoroalkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- fluorine-containing group examples include CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — (p is, for example, 1 to 19, preferably 1 to 10), CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n -, CF 3 (CF 2 ) m -C 6 H 4 - (m is 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 7; n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4; CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — or CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n — is preferred.
- p is, for example, 1 to 19, preferably 1 to 10
- CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n - CF 3 (CF 2 ) m -C 6 H 4 -
- m is 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 7
- n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4
- the reactive group (h3) may be bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group, or may be directly bonded to the silicon atom without the linking group, and is directly bonded to the silicon atom. is preferred.
- the number of reactive groups (h3) bonded to one silicon atom may be 1 or more, and may be 2 or 3, preferably 2 or 3, particularly 3 preferable.
- different reactive groups (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom, but the same reactive group (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom. preferably combined.
- the remaining bonds may be bonded with a monovalent group other than the reactive group (h3), for example, An alkyl group (especially an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), H, NCO, etc. can be bonded.
- the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (a1).
- Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 , and Rf a29 are each independently a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom ;
- Rf a26 When a plurality of Rf a26 are present, a plurality of Rf a26 may be different, when a plurality of Rf a27 are present, a plurality of Rf a27 may be different, and when a plurality of Rf a28 are present, a plurality of Rf a28 may be different from each other, and when a plurality of Rf a29 are present, the plurality of Rf a29 may be different, R 25 and R 26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atom
- “Arranged in any order and bonded” means that the repeating units are not limited to the order in which the repeating units are consecutively arranged in the order described in formula (a1) above, and f21 units (U a1 ) are consecutively arranged It means that f21 units in total need not be bonded through other units and may be bonded via other units in the middle. The same applies to the units (U a2 ) to (U a6 ) enclosed by f22 to f26.
- R 27 and R 28 when at least one of R 27 and R 28 is a single bond, the single bond portion of the unit enclosed by f23 and —O— in M 7 are repeatedly bonded to form a branched or cyclic A siloxane bond can be formed.
- Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 and Rf a29 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms. More preferably, it is a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
- R 25 and R 26 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, more preferably both are hydrogen is an atom.
- R 27 and R 28 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
- R 29 and R 30 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups, more preferably C 1-2 alkyl groups.
- M 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
- M 10 is preferably a fluorine atom.
- M8 and M9 are preferably each independently an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom, particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
- f21, f23, and f24 are each 1/2 or less of f22, more preferably 1/4 or less, still more preferably f23 or f24 is 0, and particularly preferably f23 and f24 are 0 is.
- f25 is preferably 1/5 or more of the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24 and less than or equal to the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24.
- f21 is preferably 0-20, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 1-15, and particularly preferably 2-10.
- f22 is preferably 5 to 600, more preferably 8 to 600, still more preferably 20 to 200, still more preferably 30 to 200, still more preferably 35 to 180, most preferably 40 to 180 is.
- f23 and f24 are preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, still more preferably 0.
- f25 is preferably 4-600, more preferably 4-200, even more preferably 10-200, still more preferably 30-60.
- the total value of f21, f22, f23, f24 and f25 is preferably 20-600, more preferably 20-250, even more preferably 50-230.
- f26 is preferably 0-18, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 0-10, still more preferably 0-5.
- f27 is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0. g21 and g31 are each independently preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- g22 and g32 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. g21+g22 and g31+g32 are preferably three.
- both R 25 and R 26 are hydrogen atoms
- Rf a26 and Rf a27 are fluorine atoms or C 1-2 fluorinated alkyl groups in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
- M 7 is all —O—, M 8 and M 9 are all methoxy, ethoxy or chlorine atoms (especially methoxy or ethoxy), M 5 is hydrogen and M 10 is a fluorine atom, f21 is 1 to 10 (preferably 2 to 7), f22 is 30 to 200 (more preferably 40 to 180), f23 and f24 are 0, f25 is 30 to 60, and f26 is 0 to 6 , f27 is 0 to 1 (especially preferably 0), g21 and g31 are 1 to 3 (both are preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3), g22 and g32 are 0 to 2 (any is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0), and the compound (a11) in which g21+g22 and g31+g32 are 3 is preferably used as the organosilicon compound (A).
- the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably represented by the following formula (a2).
- Rf a1 is a divalent fluoropolyether structure having oxygen atoms at both ends
- R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 11 , the plurality of R 11 may be different from each other
- multiple R 12 may be different, and when multiple R 13 are present, multiple R 13 may be different
- E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 and E 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
- G 1 and G 2 are each independently a divalent to decavalent organosiloxane group having
- a10 is 0 means that the portion enclosed with a10 is a single bond, and even if a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a21 or a23 is 0 It is the same.
- Rf a1 is preferably -O-(CF 2 CF 2 O) e4 -, -O-(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 -, -O-(CF 2 -CF(CF 3 )O) e6 - . Both e4 and e5 are 15-80, and e6 is 3-60.
- Rf a1 is also preferably a group in which hydrogen atoms are removed from hydroxyl groups at both ends of a structure obtained by randomly dehydrating and condensing p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol, and p+q is It is from 15 to 80, and this aspect of Rf a1 is most preferable.
- R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
- Each of E 1 , E 2 , E 3 and E 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and E 5 is preferably a fluorine atom.
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent - ⁇ C(R 25 )(R 26 ) ⁇ -unit (U a1 ) or - ⁇ C(Rf a26 )(Rf a27 ) ⁇ -unit (U a2 )
- G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably a divalent to pentavalent organosiloxane group having a siloxane bond.
- J 1 , J 2 and J 3 are each independently preferably methoxy, ethoxy or --(CH 2 ) e7 --Si(OR 14 ) 3 , more preferably methoxy or ethoxy.
- a10 is preferably 1, a11 is preferably 0, a12 is preferably 0 to 7, more preferably 0 to 5, a13 is preferably 1 to 3, a14 is preferably 1, a15 is preferably 0, a16 is preferably 0 to 6, more preferably 0 to 3, both a21 and a23 are preferably 0 or 1 (more preferably both are 0), d11 is preferably 1, d12 is preferably 1, e11, Both e21 and e31 are preferably 2 or more, and 3 is also preferable.
- Each of e12, e22 and e32 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
- e11+e12, e21+e22, and e31+e32 are all three. These preferred ranges may be satisfied singly or in combination of two or more.
- Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed.
- both L 1 and L 2 are perfluoroalkylene groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3), and E 1 , E 2 , and E3 is a hydrogen atom , E4 is a hydrogen atom, E5 is a fluorine atom, and J1, J2, and J3 are all a methoxy group or an ethoxy group (especially a methoxy group); , a10 is 1, a11 is 0, a12 is 0 to 7 (preferably 0 to 5), a13 is 2, a14 is 1, a15 is 0, a16 is 0 to 6 (especially 0), a21 and a23 are each independently 0 or 1 (more preferably both a21 and a23 are 0), d11 is 1, d12 is 1, e11, Compound (a21) wherein e21 and e31 are all 2 to 3 (especially 3), e12, e22 and e32 are all 0
- Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is —O—(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 —, e5 is 15 to 80 (preferably 25 to 40),
- L 1 is a divalent linking group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms containing a fluorine atom and an oxygen atom,
- L 2 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and both E 2 and E 3 are hydrogen atoms.
- E 5 is a fluorine atom
- J 2 is —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OCH 3 ) 3
- e7 is 2 to 4
- a10 is 1
- a11 is 0,
- a12 is 0,
- a13 is 2
- a14 is 1
- a15 is 0,
- a16 is 0,
- d11 is 1, d12 is 1, and
- e21 is 3 (a22 ) is also preferred.
- organosilicon compound (A) includes compounds of the following formula (a3).
- R 30 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- R 31 is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed.
- the former group is more preferable as R 31 )
- R 32 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- R 33 is a trivalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
- R 34 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms in R 30 is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
- the number of carbon atoms in R 32 is preferably 1-5.
- h1 is 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6.
- h2 is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
- organosilicon compound (A) a compound represented by the following formula (a4) can also be mentioned.
- R 40 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkyl group
- R 41 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkylene group
- R 42 is a C 2-5 a fluoroalkylene group in which some of the hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group are substituted with fluorine
- R 43 and R 44 are each independently an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
- R 45 is a methyl group or an ethyl group; be.
- k1 is an integer of 1-5.
- k2 is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
- the number average molecular weight of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, still more preferably 5,000 or more, still more preferably 6,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more. 000 or more, preferably 40,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and still more preferably 15,000 or less.
- organosilicon compound (A) only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used.
- the composition for forming a water-repellent layer is a mixed composition of the organosilicon compound (A), and is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A).
- the water-repellent layer-forming composition can be obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A) with the other components.
- the composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes those that have undergone reaction after being mixed, for example, during storage. As an example in which the reaction has progressed, for example, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer has a hydrolyzable group bonded (which may be bonded via a linking group) to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (A).
- the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (A).
- the -SiOH group (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) of the resulting organosilicon compound (A) is a -SiOH group derived from the organosilicon compound (A) (Si and OH are linking groups. may be bonded via), or condensates formed by dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from other compounds.
- the water-repellent layer (r) When the water-repellent layer (r) is a layer formed from the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
- the organosilicon compound (A) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group bonded to a silicon atom (which may be bonded via a linking group), and the organosilicon compound
- the —SiOH group of (A) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (A) generated by hydrolysis (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) is derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
- the water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
- Organosilicon compound (B) The composition for forming a water-repellent layer may further contain an organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1).
- organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1).
- the organic silicon compound (B) is mixed with the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer-forming composition is obtained by mixing the organic silicon compound (A) and the organic silicon compound (B). .
- the organosilicon compound (B) is present between the organosilicon compounds (A) in the cured film, and has the effect of further improving the slideability of water droplets and the like.
- the organosilicon compound (B) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A2 , as will be described later. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
- Rf b10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
- R b11 , R b12 , R b13 , and R b14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b11 are present, the plurality of R b11 are different from each other.
- the plurality of R b12 When there are a plurality of R b12 , the plurality of R b12 may be different, when there are a plurality of R b13 , the plurality of R b13 may be different, and when there is a plurality of R b14 may be different from each other in a plurality of R b14 , Rf b11 , Rf b12 , Rf b13 , and Rf b14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf b11 are present When there is a plurality of Rf b11, the plurality of Rf b11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf b12 , the plurality of Rf b12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf b13 , the plurality of Rf b
- Each Rf b10 is independently preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
- R b11 , R b12 , R b13 and R b14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- R b15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- a 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom.
- b11 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-25, still more preferably 1-10, particularly preferably 1-5, most preferably 1-2.
- b12 is preferably 0-15, more preferably 0-10.
- b13 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
- b14 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
- b15 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
- c is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
- the total value of b11, b12, b13, b14, and b15 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 80 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and still more preferably 20. It is below.
- Rf b10 is a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- both R b11 and R b12 are hydrogen atoms
- a 2 is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
- b11 is 1 to 5
- b12 is 0 to 5
- b13, b14, and b15 are all 0, and c is 3.
- Specific examples of the compounds represented by the above formula (b1) include C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OCH 3 ) 3 , C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 (j is an integer of 1 to 12), among which C 4 F 9 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 6 F 13 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 7 F 15 — Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 and C 8 F 17 --Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 are preferred.
- CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3 ) 3 , CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 2Si(CH3)2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kS
- CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —(CH 2 ) q —Si—(CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ) 3 may also be mentioned, where p is 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 8, q are all 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4).
- R 60 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
- R 61 is an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- R 62 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes a composition that has undergone a reaction after mixing the organosilicon compound (A) and the optionally used organosilicon compound (B), and the reaction has proceeded.
- the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a compound in which the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (B) is hydrolyzed to form a —SiOH group.
- the mixed composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (B), and the condensate may be a —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (B) or an organosilicon compound produced by hydrolysis ( Condensates formed by dehydration condensation of —SiOH groups of B) with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds are exemplified.
- the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B).
- the organosilicon compound (B) represented by the above formula (b1) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A 2 , and the —SiOH group or hydrolyzed
- the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (B) generated in the above are —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B), —SiOH groups derived from other compounds, or the water-repellent layer (r) is formed in the laminate.
- the water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with the active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl group) on the surface.
- the water-repellent layer-forming composition is usually mixed with a solvent 4 .
- a solvent 4 it is preferable to use a fluorine-based solvent.
- a fluorinated ether-based solvent a fluorinated amine-based solvent, a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent, etc. can be used.
- fluorinated ether-based solvent hydrofluoroethers such as fluoroalkyl (especially perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms)-alkyl (especially methyl group or ethyl group) ether are preferable. Fluoroisobutyl ether may be mentioned.
- ethyl nonafluorobutyl ether or ethyl nonafluoroisobutyl ether examples include Novec® 7200 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 264).
- the fluorinated amine-based solvent an amine in which at least one hydrogen atom of ammonia is substituted with a fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a third Preferred are class amines, specifically tris(heptafluoropropyl)amine, and Fluorinert® FC-3283 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 521) corresponds to this.
- Fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents include fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane and perfluorohexane, and 1,3-bis(trifluoromethylbenzene). Examples include fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. Examples of 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane include Solv 55 (manufactured by Solvex).
- hydrochlorofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AK225 (manufactured by AGC) and hydrofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AC2000 (manufactured by AGC) can be used. can.
- the solvent 4 it is preferable to use at least a fluorinated amine solvent.
- the solvent 4 it is preferable to use two or more kinds of fluorine-based solvents, and it is preferable to use a fluorinated amine-based solvent and a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent (especially a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon-based solvent).
- the amount of the organosilicon compound (A) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or less.
- the amount of the organosilicon compound (B) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.03% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less.
- the mass ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) to the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 0.2 or more, more preferably 0.4 or more, and preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1.0. 5 or less.
- the total content of the organosilicon compound (A), the organosilicon compound (B), and the solvent 4 is, for example, 90% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the water-repellent layer-forming composition. is 99% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
- the water-repellent layer-forming composition contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, and an antiviral agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- biofouling inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, antistatic agents and the like may be mixed.
- the amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition for forming a water-repellent layer.
- the thickness of the water-repellent layer (r) is, for example, about 1 to 1000 nm.
- the water contact angle (initial contact angle) of the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and for example, 125° or less.
- the sliding angle (initial sliding angle) of water on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 30° or less, preferably 28° or less, and for example, 10° or more.
- the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention was subjected to an abrasion resistance test in which a load of 1000 g was applied to the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm and rubbed back and forth 3000 times.
- the water contact angle (initial wear resistance) on the surface is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and is, for example, 125° or less.
- the abrasion resistance test is a test in which the water repellent layer (r) side surface of the laminate of the present invention is rubbed back and forth 3000 times with a load of 1000 g on the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm. Rubbing with a body (preferably an eraser) is preferred.
- an eraser For example, it is preferable to use an eraser, set the stroke distance in the abrasion resistance test to 40 mm, set the rubbing speed to 40 reciprocations/minute, and measure the contact angle at approximately the center of the stroke area.
- the load it is sufficient that a pressure equivalent to applying a load of 1000 g per area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm is applied.
- the water contact angle (abrasion resistance after accelerated test) on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) is , for example 90° or more, preferably 100° or more, more preferably 105° or more, and for example 120° or less.
- the wear resistance test was the same as the wear resistance test for measuring the initial wear resistance, except that the number of times of rubbing was reciprocated 1500 times.
- the method for producing the laminate of the present invention includes (i) the step of forming the intermediate layer (c) on the substrate (s), and (ii) the step of forming the water-repellent layer (r).
- the intermediate layer-forming composition is applied to the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s).
- the method for applying the intermediate layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, gravure coating, and particularly bar coating. , spin coating, die coating, and gravure coating are preferred.
- the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s) is preferable to subject the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s) to an easy-adhesion treatment before applying the intermediate layer-forming composition.
- Hydrophilic treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, etc.
- an easy adhesion treatment such as plasma treatment
- OH groups especially when the material of the base material (s) or layer (X) is an epoxy resin
- COOH groups are formed on the surface of the base material (s) or layer (X).
- the material of the substrate (s) or layer (X) is an acrylic resin
- the adhesion between the intermediate layer (c) and the substrate (s) or between the intermediate layer (c) and the layer (X) is further improved.
- the layer (X) is formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), for example, the layer (X) is based on a composition containing a reactive material that forms a crosslinked structure upon irradiation with an active energy ray or thermal energy.
- the layer (X) can be formed by coating on the material (s) and curing.
- the layer (X) can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method.
- the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by curing at room temperature or by heating. Curing conditions are not particularly limited, and may be left at room temperature in the air for, for example, 10 seconds or more. In the present invention, normal temperature means 5 to 60°C, and the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by standing still at a temperature range of preferably 15 to 40°C. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
- the water repellent layer forming composition is applied and cured at room temperature or by heating to form the water repellent layer (r). can be formed.
- the water-repellent layer (r) can be formed by applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition onto the intermediate layer (c) and drying it.
- methods for applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, and gravure coating.
- the conditions after the water-repellent layer-forming composition is applied onto the intermediate layer (c) are not particularly limited, and the water-repellent layer (r) is formed by allowing the composition to stand at room temperature in the air for 10 seconds or longer, for example. can be formed. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
- the laminate of the present invention is suitable for use in display devices, and particularly suitable for flexible display devices.
- the laminate of the present invention can preferably be used as a front plate in a display device, and the front plate is sometimes called a window film.
- the display device preferably comprises a display device laminate containing a window film (that is, the laminate of the present invention) and an organic EL display panel. body is placed. Further, in the flexible display device, it is preferable that the laminate for a flexible display device including a window film having flexible characteristics and an organic EL display panel are provided. A laminate is arranged and configured to be foldable.
- the laminate for a display device (preferably a laminate for a flexible display device) may further contain a polarizing plate (preferably a circularly polarizing plate), a touch sensor, etc. to constitute a touch panel display, and the order of lamination thereof is arbitrary.
- the layers are laminated in the order of the window film, the polarizing plate and the touch sensor, or in the order of the window film, the touch sensor and the polarizing plate from the viewing side.
- the polarizing plate is present on the viewing side of the touch sensor, the pattern of the touch sensor becomes less visible and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable.
- Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like.
- the display device preferably flexible display device
- the window film is arranged on the viewing side of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) and plays a role of protecting other components from external shocks or environmental changes such as temperature and humidity.
- Glass may be used as such a protective layer, and in a flexible image display device, a material having flexible properties may be used for the window film instead of being rigid and hard like glass. Therefore, when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film in a flexible display device, the substrate (s) is preferably made of a flexible transparent substrate, and at least one surface of the substrate (s) is coated with a hard coat. Layers may be laminated.
- the transparent substrate has a visible light transmittance of, for example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more.
- Any transparent polymer film can be used as the transparent substrate.
- polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, norbornene, or cycloolefin derivatives having a monomer unit containing cycloolefin, (modified) cellulose such as diacetyl cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, and propionyl cellulose acrylics such as methyl methacrylate (co)polymers, polystyrenes such as styrene (co)polymers, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers Polyvinyl chlorides, polyvinylidene chlorides, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene n
- polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- transparent substrates described above preferred are polyamide films, polyamideimide films, polyimide films, polyester films, olefin films, acrylic films, and cellulose films, which are excellent in transparency and heat resistance. It is also preferable to disperse inorganic particles such as silica, organic fine particles, rubber particles, etc. in the polymer film.
- colorants such as pigments and dyes, optical brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. may contain a compounding agent.
- the thickness of the transparent substrate is 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. Particularly when used in a flexible image display device, the thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 60 ⁇ m or less.
- the hard coat layer when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film is also the same as the hard coat layer (hc) described above.
- the hard coat layer (hc) is preferably formed from an active energy ray-curable resin and a thermosetting resin. It can be formed by curing a hardcoat composition containing the forming reactive material.
- the hard coat composition contains at least one polymer of a radically polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
- the radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
- the radically polymerizable group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound may be any functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include a vinyl group and a (meth)acryloyl group.
- these radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different.
- the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
- the radically polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having 2 to 6 (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule.
- Compounds called epoxy (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate and oligomers having several (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule and having a molecular weight of several hundred to several thousand are preferred. Available. It preferably contains one or more selected from epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate and polyester (meth)acrylate.
- the cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyl ether group.
- the number of cationically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more, more preferably three or more, from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
- a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferable.
- a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group is preferable from the viewpoint that shrinkage accompanying a polymerization reaction is small.
- compounds having epoxy groups are readily available in various structures, do not adversely affect the durability of the resulting hard coat layer, and are easy to control compatibility with radically polymerizable compounds. There is an advantage.
- the oxetanyl group tends to have a higher degree of polymerization than the epoxy group, is less toxic, accelerates the rate of network formation obtained from the cationically polymerizable compound in the resulting hard coat layer, and radicals It has the advantage of forming an independent network without leaving unreacted monomers in the film even in a region where the polymerizable compound is mixed.
- Examples of cationic polymerizable compounds having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols having an alicyclic ring, or compounds containing cyclohexene rings or cyclopentene rings, which are treated with a suitable oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid.
- Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth)acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts thereof, and glycidyl ethers produced by reaction with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as novolak epoxy resins.
- the hard coat composition may further include a polymerization initiator.
- the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
- Any radical polymerization initiator may be used as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating.
- thermal radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, and azo compounds such as azobisbutyronitrile.
- active energy ray radical polymerization initiators Type 1 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by decomposition of molecules and Type 2 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by hydrogen abstraction type reaction in coexistence with tertiary amines are used. Yes, each can be used alone or in combination.
- the cationic polymerization initiator should be capable of releasing a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating.
- cationic polymerization initiators aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complexes and the like can be used. Depending on their structural differences, they can initiate cationic polymerization either by irradiation with active energy rays or by heating.
- the polymerization initiator can be included in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the hard coat composition as a whole. If the content of the polymerization initiator is less than 0.1% by weight, curing may not proceed sufficiently, and it may be difficult to realize the mechanical properties and adhesion of the finally obtained coating film. If the content is more than % by weight, adhesion failure, cracking, and curling may occur due to cure shrinkage.
- the hard coat composition may further contain one or more selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives.
- the solvent is capable of dissolving or dispersing the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator, and any solvent known as a solvent for hard coat compositions in this technical field can be used without limitation.
- the additives may further include inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.
- the display device (preferably flexible display device) of the present invention preferably includes a polarizing plate, especially a circularly polarizing plate.
- a circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having a function of transmitting only a right-handed or left-handed circularly polarized light component by laminating a ⁇ /4 retardation plate on a linearly polarizing plate. For example, by converting external light into right-handed circularly polarized light and blocking the left-handed circularly polarized light reflected by the organic EL panel, and allowing only the luminescent component of the organic EL to pass through, the effect of the reflected light is suppressed to create an image. used to make it easier to see.
- the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the ⁇ /4 retardation plate should theoretically be 45 degrees, but in practice they are 45 ⁇ 10 degrees.
- the linear polarizing plate and the ⁇ /4 retardation plate do not necessarily have to be laminated adjacent to each other as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the above range.
- the circularly polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptically polarizing plate. It is also preferable to further laminate a ⁇ /4 retardation film on the visible side of the linear polarizing plate to circularly polarize the emitted light, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.
- a linear polarizer is a functional layer that passes light oscillating in the direction of the transmission axis, but blocks the polarization of the oscillating component perpendicular to it.
- the linear polarizing plate may have a configuration including a linear polarizer alone or a linear polarizer and a protective film attached to at least one surface of the linear polarizer.
- the thickness of the linear polarizing plate may be 200 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the linear polarizing plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the linear polarizing plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
- the linear polarizer may be a film-type polarizer manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PVA) film.
- a dichroic dye such as iodine is adsorbed on a PVA-based film that has been oriented by stretching, or the film is stretched while adsorbed to PVA, thereby aligning the dichroic dye and exhibiting polarizing performance.
- the production of the film-type polarizer may include other steps such as swelling, cross-linking with boric acid, washing with an aqueous solution, and drying.
- the stretching and dyeing processes may be carried out on the PVA-based film alone, or may be carried out while it is laminated with another film (stretching resin base material) such as polyethylene terephthalate.
- the thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 3 to 100 ⁇ m, and the draw ratio is preferably 2 to 10 times.
- a method for producing a laminate of a stretchable resin base material and a PVA-based resin layer a method of applying a coating liquid containing a PVA-based resin to the surface of the stretchable resin base material and drying it is preferable.
- the manufacturing method includes the step of stretching and dyeing the PVA-based resin layer and the resin substrate for stretching in the state of a laminate, even if the PVA-based resin layer is thin, it is supported by the resin substrate for stretching.
- the film can be stretched without problems such as breakage due to stretching.
- the thickness of the polarizer is 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 12 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 9 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 1 to 8 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 3 to 6 ⁇ m. If it is within the above range, it becomes a preferred embodiment without inhibiting bending.
- the polarizer is a liquid crystal coated polarizer formed by applying a liquid crystal polarizing composition.
- the liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound.
- the liquid crystalline compound only needs to have a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is particularly preferable to have a high-order alignment state such as a smectic phase because high polarizing performance can be exhibited.
- the liquid crystalline compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.
- the dichroic dye compound is a dye that exhibits dichroism by aligning with the liquid crystalline compound, and may have a polymerizable functional group, and the dichroic dye itself has liquid crystallinity.
- the liquid crystal polarizing composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
- the liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer.
- the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed thinner than the film-type polarizer, and the thickness is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the alignment film is produced, for example, by coating an alignment film-forming composition on a substrate and imparting alignment properties by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, or the like.
- the alignment film-forming composition contains an alignment agent, and may further contain a solvent, a cross-linking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
- the alignment agent include polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamic acids, and polyimides.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the alignment agent is, for example, about 10,000 to 1,000,000.
- the thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less in terms of sufficiently expressing the alignment control force.
- the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferring, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
- any transparent polymer film can be used, and the same materials and additives as those used for the transparent base material of the window film can be used.
- Cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic films, and polyester-based films are preferred.
- It may also be a coating-type protective film obtained by applying and curing a cationic curable composition such as an epoxy resin or a radical curable composition such as an acrylate.
- the protective film may optionally contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, and antioxidants. , a lubricant, a solvent, and the like.
- the thickness of the protective film is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the protective film is within the above range, the flexibility of the film tends to be less likely to decrease.
- the protective film can also serve as the transparent base material of the window film.
- the ⁇ /4 retardation plate is a film that provides a ⁇ /4 retardation in a direction (in-plane direction of the film) perpendicular to the traveling direction of incident light.
- the ⁇ /4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate manufactured by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose film, an olefin film, or a polycarbonate film.
- the ⁇ / 4 retardation plate if necessary, retardation modifiers, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, and the like.
- the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the stretched retardation plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
- the ⁇ /4 retardation plate is a liquid crystal coated retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition.
- the liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, or smectic.
- the liquid crystalline compound has a polymerizable functional group.
- the liquid crystal composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
- the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be produced by applying a liquid crystal composition on a base and curing to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as the liquid crystal polarizing layer.
- the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed thinner than the stretching type retardation plate.
- the thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferred, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
- the in-plane retardation is preferably 100 nm or more so that it is ⁇ /4 around 560 nm where visibility is high. It is designed to be 180 nm or less, more preferably 130 nm or more and 150 nm or less.
- a reverse-dispersion ⁇ /4 retardation plate using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of a normal one is preferable in terms of good visibility.
- the stretched retardation plate for example, those described in JP-A-2007-232873 and the like for the stretched retardation plate, and those described in JP-A-2010-30979 and the like for the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be used.
- a technique of obtaining a broadband ⁇ /4 retardation plate by combining with a ⁇ /2 retardation plate is also known (for example, JP-A-10-90521).
- the ⁇ /2 retardation plate is also manufactured by a material method similar to that of the ⁇ /4 retardation plate.
- the combination of the stretched retardation plate and the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate is arbitrary, but the thickness of both can be reduced by using the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate.
- a method is known in which a positive C plate is laminated on the circularly polarizing plate in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-224837).
- the positive C-plate may be either a liquid crystal-coated retardation plate or a stretched retardation plate.
- the retardation in the thickness direction of the retardation plate is preferably ⁇ 200 nm or more and ⁇ 20 nm or less, more preferably ⁇ 140 nm or more and ⁇ 40 nm or less.
- a display device preferably a flexible display device including the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a touch sensor as described above.
- a touch sensor is used as an input means.
- the touch sensor there are various types such as a resistive film type, a surface acoustic wave type, an infrared type, an electromagnetic induction type, and an electrostatic capacity type, and the capacitive type is preferred.
- a capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and a non-active area located outside the active area. The active area is an area corresponding to the area (display part) where the screen is displayed on the display panel, and is an area where a user's touch is sensed. display area).
- the touch sensor preferably includes a flexible substrate, a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate, and an external driving circuit formed in a non-active region of the substrate through the sensing pattern and a pad portion.
- each sensing line for connecting to a As the flexible substrate the same material as the transparent substrate of the window film can be used.
- the substrate of the touch sensor preferably has a toughness of 2,000 MPa % or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks in the touch sensor. More preferably, the toughness is 2,000 MPa% or more and 30,000 MPa% or less.
- the toughness is defined as the lower area of a stress-strain curve obtained through a tensile test of a polymeric material, up to the breaking point.
- the sensing patterns may include first patterns formed in a first direction and second patterns formed in a second direction.
- the first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in different directions.
- the first pattern and the second pattern are formed in the same layer, and each pattern should be electrically connected to sense a touched point.
- the first pattern has a form in which a plurality of unit patterns are connected to each other through joints, while the second pattern has a structure in which a plurality of unit patterns are separated from each other in an island form.
- a separate bridge electrode is required for direct connection.
- a well-known transparent electrode can be applied to the electrode for connection of the second pattern.
- Materials for the transparent electrode include, for example, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), and indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO). , cadmium tin oxide (CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., preferably ITO. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the metal used for the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium,nium, chromium, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be done.
- a bridge electrode may be formed on the insulating layer above the sensing pattern with an insulating layer interposed therebetween, and the bridge electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed thereon.
- the bridge electrode may be made of the same material as the sensing pattern, and may be made of molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of these. can. Since the first pattern and the second pattern should be electrically insulated, an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode.
- the insulating layer can be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridge electrodes, or can be formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern. In the case of a layer covering the entire sensing pattern, the bridge electrode can connect the second pattern through contact holes formed in the insulating layer.
- the touch sensor is induced by a difference in transmittance between a patterned area where a sensing pattern is formed and a non-patterned area where no sensing pattern is formed, specifically by a difference in refractive index in these areas.
- An optical adjustment layer may further be included between the substrate and the electrode as a means for properly compensating for differences in optical transmittance.
- the optical modulating layer can comprise an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material.
- the optical control layer may be formed by coating a photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic binder and a solvent on a substrate.
- the photocurable composition may further include inorganic particles. The inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer.
- the photocurable organic binder includes a copolymer of each monomer such as an acrylate-based monomer, a styrene-based monomer, and a carboxylic acid-based monomer within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. be able to.
- the photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing different repeating units such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units.
- examples of the inorganic particles include zirconia particles, titania particles, and alumina particles.
- the photocurable composition may further include additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing aid.
- each layer (window film, circularly polarizing plate, touch sensor) forming the laminate for the display device (preferably a flexible image display device) and film members (linear polarizing plate, ⁇ /4 retardation plate, etc.) constituting each layer are It can be joined with an adhesive.
- the adhesive include water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent volatile adhesives, moisture-curable adhesives, heat-curable adhesives, anaerobic-curable adhesives, and active energy ray-curable adhesives.
- adhesives such as adhesives, curing agent-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives (adhesives), and rewetting adhesives can be used, preferably water-based solvent volatilization.
- a type adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired adhesive strength and the like, and is preferably 0.01 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 300 ⁇ m.
- a plurality of adhesive layers are present in the laminate for a display device (preferably a flexible image display device), and the respective thicknesses and types may be the same or different.
- water-based solvent volatilization adhesive water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers and starch, and polymers in a water-dispersed state such as ethylene-vinyl acetate-based emulsions and styrene-butadiene-based emulsions can be used as main polymers.
- crosslinking agents silane compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, and the like may be added.
- adhesion can be imparted by injecting the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive between the layers to be adhered, laminating the layers to be adhered, and then drying.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m.
- the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
- the active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material that forms an adhesive layer upon irradiation with an active energy ray.
- the active energy ray-curable composition can contain at least one polymer of the same radically polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound as those contained in the hard coat composition.
- the radically polymerizable compound the same compound as the radically polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
- As the cationic polymerizable compound the same compound as the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
- Epoxy compounds are particularly preferred as the cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray-curable composition. It is also preferred to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent in order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition.
- the active energy ray composition can contain a monofunctional compound to reduce viscosity.
- the monofunctional compound include acrylate-based monomers having one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, compounds having one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) ) acrylates and the like.
- the active energy ray composition can further contain a polymerization initiator.
- the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and these are appropriately selected and used.
- the active energy ray-curable composition further includes an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow viscosity modifier, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent solvent, an additive, and a solvent.
- the active energy ray-curable composition is applied to one or both of the layers to be adhered, and then laminated, and any adherend layer is adhered. Alternatively, both layers to be adhered can be adhered by irradiating them with active energy rays for curing.
- the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
- the adhesive may contain a cross-linking agent, a silane compound, an ionic compound, a cross-linking catalyst, an antioxidant, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a dye, a pigment, an inorganic filler, and the like.
- An adhesive layer is formed by dissolving and dispersing each component constituting the adhesive in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, applying the adhesive composition on a substrate and then drying it. be.
- the adhesive layer may be formed directly, or may be transferred after being separately formed on the substrate.
- the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.1 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 300 ⁇ m.
- the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
- the light shielding pattern can be applied as at least part of a bezel or housing of the display device (preferably a flexible image display device). The visibility of the image is improved by hiding the wiring arranged at the peripheral portion of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) by the light-shielding pattern and making it difficult to see.
- the light shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers.
- the color of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and various colors such as black, white, and metallic color may be used.
- the light-shielding pattern may be formed of pigments for realizing colors and polymers such as acryl-based resins, ester-based resins, epoxy-based resins, polyurethanes, and silicones.
- the light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet.
- the thickness of the light-shielding pattern is preferably 1-100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2-50 ⁇ m. It is also preferable to impart a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light shielding pattern.
- Example 1 A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane described in JP-A-2012-197330, represented by the following formula as an organosilicon compound (C) (trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was mixed with 0.25% by mass, 99.50% by mass of butyl acetate as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone as solvent 2. A solution was stirred at room temperature. Then, intermediate layer-forming composition 1 was obtained.
- organosilicon compound (C) trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
- Example 2 Intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.70% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.05% by mass of ethanol was used as solvent 2.
- Example 3 An intermediate layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol was used as solvent 2.
- Example 4 Intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.45% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone and 0.05% by mass of ethanol were used as solvent 2. Obtained.
- Example 5 Intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 97.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 2.50% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
- Example 6 An intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.73% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.025% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
- Example 7 Intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 28.50% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 71.25% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
- Example 8 An intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.50% by mass of diacetone alcohol was used as solvent 2.
- Example 9 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 3-(trimethoxysilyl)propan-1-amine (KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) represented by the following formula was used as the organosilicon compound (C). An intermediate layer forming composition 9 was obtained.
- Comparative example 1 A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: X-12- 5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 99.75% by mass of toluene as solvent 1 were stirred at room temperature to obtain intermediate layer forming composition 10 .
- Table 1 shows the Hansen solubility parameters and the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the solvent used in the composition for forming the intermediate layer, and X-12-5263HP and X-12-5263HP calculated based on the above formula (E.1). shows the distance Ra of the Hansen Solubility Parameter of .
- the Hansen solubility parameters in Table 1 are for butyl acetate, toluene, acetone, ethanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, and
- acetone alcohol the values registered in the HSPiP version 5.2.05 database are shown, and for X-12-5263HP, the values calculated by the "measurement of Hansen solubility parameter by dissolving sphere method" described later are shown. .
- solubility spheres were created using the above-mentioned melting sphere method.
- the center coordinates of the resulting solubility sphere were taken as the Hansen solubility parameters of X-12-5263HP.
- composition for forming water-repellent layer A compound (a10) satisfying the above formula (a3) as the organosilicon compound (A), FAS13E(C 6 F 13 —C 2 H 4 —Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 as the organosilicon compound (B), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) and FC-3283 (C 9 F 21 N, Fluorinert, manufactured by 3M) as solvent 4 were mixed and stirred at room temperature for a predetermined time to obtain a composition for forming a water-repellent layer.
- the ratio of the organosilicon compound (A) in the water-repellent layer-forming composition was 0.085% by mass, and the ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) was 0.05% by mass.
- the compound (a10) used as the organosilicon compound (A) is a compound that satisfies the requirements of the above-described compounds (a11) and (a21) and also satisfies the requirements of formula (a3) including preferred embodiments.
- Example 10 The intermediate layer-forming composition obtained above is applied onto the hard coat layer of a polyethylene terephthalate substrate having a hard coat layer whose surface to be coated is activated using an atmospheric pressure plasma device (manufactured by Fuji Machine Manufacturing Co., Ltd.). 1 was applied under the conditions of 0.5 ml and 100 mm/sec using an OPTICOAT MS-A100 (bar coater) manufactured by MIKASA Co., Ltd., #2 bar, and dried at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to form an intermediate layer. . Thereafter, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer was applied onto the intermediate layer under the same conditions as above and dried at 100° C. for 30 seconds to form a water-repellent layer.
- Example 11 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, an intermediate layer-forming composition 1 subjected to an acceleration test described later was used.
- Example 12 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 13 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 14 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 15 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 16 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 17 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 18 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 19 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 5 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 20 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 21 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 22 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 23 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 7 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 24 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 25 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Example 26 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Example 27 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- Comparative example 2 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
- Comparative example 3 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
- compositions and laminates obtained in the above examples and comparative examples were evaluated by the following methods.
- Table 3 shows the results.
- Visual confirmation of the surface of the coating film after the accelerated test. Check the condition of the surface. Sensory evaluation was carried out by assigning ⁇ when the surface was colorless and transparent, and x when unevenness or foreign substances were observed on the surface.
- Laminates having layers formed from the composition of the present invention can be used for display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, nanoimprint technology, solar cells, window glasses for automobiles and buildings, and metals such as cooking utensils. It can be suitably used for products, ceramic products such as tableware, plastic automobile parts, etc., and is industrially useful. It is also preferably used for items such as kitchens, bathrooms, washbasins, mirrors, and members around toilets.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Paints Or Removers (AREA)
- Silicon Polymers (AREA)
- Detergent Compositions (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
Description
[1] アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、
ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上である混合組成物。
[2] 溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比が、0.01質量%以上、250質量%以下である[1]に記載の組成物。
[3] 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又は式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm3)0.5以下の有機溶剤2-Bを含む[1]又は[2]に記載の組成物。
δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5である]
[4] 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bを含む[3]に記載の組成物。
[5] 溶剤1がエステル系溶剤である[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[6] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)における少なくとも1つのケイ素原子に、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[7] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)が、式(c1)~(c3)のいずれかで表される化合物である[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
p6は、1~3の整数であり、
Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
Z11-、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
p20は、それぞれ独立して1~30の整数であり、p21は、それぞれ独立して0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20)p22(Rx22)3-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21)p23(Rx23)3-p23となる。
Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y31は、-NH-、-N(CH3)-又は-O-であり、Y31が複数存在する場合は複数のY31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X31、X32、X33、X34は、それぞれ独立に、-ORc(Rcは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はアミノC1-3アルキルジC1-3アルコキシシリル基である)であり、X31が複数存在する場合は複数のX31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X32が複数存在する場合は複数のX32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X33が複数存在する場合は複数のX33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X34が複数存在する場合は複数のX34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
p31は、0~20の整数であり、p32、p33、p34は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p35は、0~5の整数であり、p36は、1~10の整数であり、p37は0又は1であり、
Z31及びZ32の少なくとも一方がアミノ基であるか、又はY31の少なくとも一つが-NH-又は-N(CH3)-であるという条件を満たし、かつ式(c3)で表される化合物の一方の末端がZ31-であり、他方の末端がZ32-であり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、p31個の-{C(Rx31)(Rx32)}-単位(Uc31)、p32個の-{C(Rfx31)(Rfx32)}-単位(Uc32)、p33個の-{Si(Rx33)(Rx34)}-単位(Uc33)、p34個の-{Si(Rfx33)(Rfx34)}-単位(Uc34)、p35個の-Y31-単位(Uc35)、p36個の-{Si(X31)(X32)-O}-単位(Uc36)、p37個の-{Si(X33)(X34)}-単位(Uc37)がそれぞれ任意の順で並んで結合して構成される。
[8] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)の含有量が、0.005質量%以上5質量%以下である[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[9] 基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、
前記中間層(c)が、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成される層である積層体。
[10] 基材(s)が、有機系材料で構成される基材である[9]に記載の積層体。
[11] [9]又は[10]に記載の積層体を含むウインドウフィルム又はタッチパネルディスプレイ。 The present invention, which has solved the above problems, is as follows.
[1] A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
When the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term (δD) in the Hansen solubility parameters is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio of solvent 2 (δH /δD) is 0.410 or more.
[2] The composition according to [1], wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
[3] Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) The composition according to [1] or [2] containing 0.5 or less organic solvent 2-B.
δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δH2: Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ]
[4] The composition according to [3], wherein the solvent 2 comprises a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A and an organic solvent 2-B.
[5] The composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
[6] The composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
[7] The composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 ; when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-units (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other terminal, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
p20 is each independently an integer of 1 to 30, p21 is each independently an integer of 0 to 30, and at least one of the repeating units bracketed with p20 or p21 is an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, wherein R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group,
R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 ,
Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x31, the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x34 , the plurality of Rf x34 may be different,
Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are a plurality of Y 31 , the plurality of Y 31 may be different,
X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different,
p31 is an integer of 0 to 20, p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p35 is an integer of 0 to 5, and p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1,
at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is -NH- or -N(CH 3 )-, and a compound represented by formula (c3) p31 -{C(R x31 )(R x32 )}-units, unless one end of is Z 31 - and the other end is Z 32 -, and -O- is not linked to -O- (U c31 ), p32-{C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 )}-units (U c32 ), p33-{Si(R x33 )(R x34 )}-units (U c33 ), p34 -{Si (Rf x33 ) (Rf x34 )}-units (U c34 ), p 35 -Y 31 -units (U c35 ), p 36 -{Si (X 31 ) (X 32 )-O }-unit (U c36 ) and p37 -{Si(X 33 )(X 34 )}-units (U c37 ) are arranged in arbitrary order and bonded together.
[8] The composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the content of the organosilicon compound (C) is 0.005% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
[9] A laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c),
A laminate, wherein the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the composition according to any one of [1] to [8].
[10] The laminate according to [9], wherein the substrate (s) is composed of an organic material.
[11] A window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to [9] or [10].
本発明の組成物は、アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上であることを特徴とする。なお、本発明には、上記成分を混合した後、例えば保管中に反応が進んだものも含む。有機ケイ素化合物(C)、溶剤1、及び溶剤2について、以下に順に説明する。 <Composition>
The composition of the present invention is a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, solvent 1, and solvent 2, wherein the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term ( δD) is defined as δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 2 is 0.410 or more. do. In addition, after mixing the said component, the thing which reacted during storage, for example is included in this invention. The organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1, and solvent 2 are described in order below.
有機ケイ素化合物(C)は、アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物である。本発明の組成物に有機ケイ素化合物(C)が混合されていることにより、該組成物から形成される中間層(c)は、後述する積層体における撥水層(r)のプライマー層として機能することができる。そのため、後述する積層体において、撥水層(r)の基材(s)への密着性が良好となり、その結果積層体の耐摩耗性が向上し得る。 1. Organosilicon compound (C)
Organosilicon compound (C) is an organosilicon compound having an amino group or an amine skeleton. By mixing the organosilicon compound (C) with the composition of the present invention, the intermediate layer (c) formed from the composition functions as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r) in the later-described laminate. can do. Therefore, in the laminate described later, the adhesion of the water-repellent layer (r) to the substrate (s) is improved, and as a result, the abrasion resistance of the laminate can be improved.
Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
p6は、1~3の整数であり、
Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
Z11-、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。 In the above formula (c1),
R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x11 are present, the plurality of R x11 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 , and when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-unit (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other end, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
X12は、加水分解性基であり、X12が複数存在する場合は複数のX12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y12は、-NH-であり、
Z12は、アミノ基、又はメルカプト基であり、
Rx16は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx16が複数存在する場合は複数のRx16がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
pは、1~3の整数であり、qは2~5の整数であり、rは0~5の整数であり、sは0又は1であり、
sが0である場合は、Z12はアミノ基である。 In the above formula (c1-2),
X 12 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 12 are present, the plurality of X 12 may be different,
Y 12 is -NH-,
Z 12 is an amino group or a mercapto group,
R x16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x16 are present, the plurality of R x16 may be different,
p is an integer of 1 to 3, q is an integer of 2 to 5, r is an integer of 0 to 5, s is 0 or 1,
When s is 0, Z 12 is an amino group.
Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
p20は、1~30の整数であり、p21は、0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20)p22(Rx22)3-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21)p23(Rx23)3-p23となる。
R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
p20 is an integer of 1 to 30; p21 is an integer of 0 to 30; and R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
X22及びX23は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X22及びX23が複数存在する場合は複数のX22及びX23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx24及びRx25は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx24及びRx25が複数存在する場合は複数のRx24及びRx25がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
-CwH2w-は、その一部のメチレン基の少なくとも1つがアミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、R100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
wは1~30の整数であり(ただし、アミン骨格に置き換わったメチレン基の数を除く)、
p24及びp25は、それぞれ独立して、1~3の整数である。 In the above formula (c2-2),
X 22 and X 23 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 22 and X 23 are present, the plurality of X 22 and X 23 may be different,
R x24 and R x25 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x24 and R x25 are present, a plurality of R x24 and R x25 may be different,
—C w H 2w — has at least one of its methylene groups replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, where R 100 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
w is an integer of 1 to 30 (excluding the number of methylene groups substituted for the amine skeleton),
p24 and p25 are each independently an integer of 1-3.
Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基である。反応性官能基としては、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基が挙げられる。Z31、Z32としては、アミノ基、メルカプト基、又はメタクリロイル基が好ましく、特にアミノ基が好ましい。
Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group. Reactive functional groups include vinyl, α-methylvinyl, styryl, methacryloyl, acryloyl, amino, epoxy, ureido, or mercapto groups. Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group, or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
下記式(c31-1)の*1及び*2には、それぞれ、下記式(c31-2)のp31、p32、p33、p34、p35、(p36)-1、p37で括られた単位の少なくとも1種が任意の順で結合し末端がZ-である基が結合しており、複数の前記構造(c31-1)ごとに、*1及び*2に結合する基は異なっていてもよく、
複数の前記構造(c31-1)が鎖状に結合しているときの末端となる*3は水素原子であり、*4はヒドロキシ基である。 The organosilicon compound (C3′) has two or more structures (c31-1) represented by the following formula (c31-1), and the structures (c31-1) are represented by *3 or *4 below. A chain or ring-bonded compound, wherein the bond in *3 or *4 below is due to the condensation of two or more of the organosilicon compounds (C3) above X 31 or X 32 ,
*1 and *2 in the following formula (c31-1) are, respectively, at least the units enclosed by p31, p32, p33, p34, p35, (p36)-1, and p37 in the following formula (c31-2) One type is bonded in any order and a group having a terminal Z- is bonded, and the groups bonded to *1 and *2 may be different for each of the plurality of structures (c31-1),
When a plurality of structures (c31-1) are bonded in a chain, *3, which is the terminal, is a hydrogen atom, and *4 is a hydroxy group.
Zは、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34、Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34、Y31、X31、X32、X33、X34、p31~p37は、前記式(c3)中のこれら符号と同義である。 In the formula (c31-2),
Z is a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group;
R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , R x34 , Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , Rf x34 , Y 31 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 , p31 to p37 are are synonymous with these signs of
ハンセン(Hansen)溶解度パラメータは、ヒルデブランド(Hildebrand)によって導入された溶解度パラメータを、分散項(δD),極性項(δP),水素結合項(δH)の3成分に分割し、3次元空間に表したものである。分散項(δD)は分散力による効果、極性項(δP)は双極子間力による効果、水素結合項(δH)は水素結合力の効果を示す。 2. Solvent 1
The Hansen solubility parameter divides the solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand into three components: the dispersion term (δD), the polar term (δP), and the hydrogen bonding term (δH). It is represented. The dispersion term (δD) indicates the effect of the dispersion force, the polar term (δP) indicates the effect of the dipole force, and the hydrogen bond term (δH) indicates the effect of the hydrogen bond force.
溶剤2は、上述の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上の化合物からなる溶剤である。本発明の組成物が、溶剤1と共に溶剤2を含むことにより、保存安定性が良好な組成物を得ることができ、好ましくは保存安定性及び塗工性が良好な組成物を得ることができる。前述の通り、好ましい態様において、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子には加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合しており、組成物の保存中に、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が有する-SiOH基又はケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基の加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(C)の-SiOH基同士の縮合反応が進行することが、組成物の保存安定性を低下させる一因であると考えられている。しかし、本発明の組成物が、溶剤1と共に溶剤2を含むことにより、このような縮合反応等を抑制できるためか、組成物の保存安定性が向上する一因となることが考えられる。組成物の保存安定性は、例えば組成物を調製後、白濁するまでの日数を測定することで評価できる。例えば、本発明の組成物を温度22℃、相対湿度55%の雰囲気に置いたとき、白濁が観察されるまでの日数は例えば2日以上であり、好ましくは5日以上であり、より好ましくは8日以上であり、更に好ましくは10日以上であり、また例えば200日以下である。 3. Solvent 2
Solvent 2 is a solvent composed of a compound having the above ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more. By including the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1 in the composition of the present invention, a composition with good storage stability can be obtained, and preferably a composition with good storage stability and coatability can be obtained. . As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C), and during storage of the composition, the —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (C) Alternatively, the progress of the condensation reaction between the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by the hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable groups bonded to the silicon atoms is one of the factors that reduce the storage stability of the composition. It is considered. However, since the composition of the present invention contains the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1, such a condensation reaction and the like can be suppressed. The storage stability of the composition can be evaluated, for example, by measuring the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy after preparation. For example, when the composition of the present invention is placed in an atmosphere with a temperature of 22° C. and a relative humidity of 55%, the number of days until white turbidity is observed is, for example, 2 days or more, preferably 5 days or more, more preferably 5 days or more. It is 8 days or more, more preferably 10 days or more, and for example 200 days or less.
δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5である]
δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δH2: Hydrogen bonding term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ]
xIは、有機ケイ素化合物(C)中の有機ケイ素化合物(Cc1)の体積分率、
xIIは、有機ケイ素化合物(C)中の有機ケイ素化合物(Cc2)の体積分率、
(δD1I,δP1I,δH1I)は、有機ケイ素化合物(Cc1)のハンセン溶解度パラメータ、
(δD1II,δP1II,δH1II)は、有機ケイ素化合物(Cc2)のハンセン溶解度パラメータである。]
x I is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc1) in the organosilicon compound (C);
x II is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc2) in the organosilicon compound (C);
(δD1 I , δP1 I , δH1 I ) is the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (Cc1);
(δD1 II , δP1 II , δH1 II ) are the Hansen solubility parameters of the organosilicon compound (Cc2). ]
また、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとしては、2以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数2~10のアルキルアルコールであることが好ましく、より好ましくは分子内にパーフルオロアルキレン構造を有する炭素数2~10のアルキルアルコールであり、特に好ましくは2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノールである。
また、ケトン系溶剤2-Aとしては、カルボニル基の両側に各々アルキル基が結合したケトンであることが好ましく、より好ましくはカルボニル基の両側に各々炭素数1~3のアルキル基が結合したケトンであり、特に好ましくはアセトンである。 In this case, as the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol and isobutyl alcohol, or keto alcohols such as diacetone alcohol are preferable. , more preferably alkyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably ethanol or diacetone alcohol.
The fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably an alkyl alcohol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in which two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene structure in the molecule. and particularly preferably 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol.
Further, the ketone-based solvent 2-A is preferably a ketone having an alkyl group bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group, more preferably a ketone having an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group. and particularly preferably acetone.
また、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは0.15質量%以上であり、また、20質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1質量%以下、一層好ましくは0.5質量%以下である。含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、75質量%以下であってもよい。
また、ケトン系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは0.15質量%以上であり、また、75質量%以下であることが好ましい。ケトン系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、20質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下、1質量%以下、又は0.5質量%以下であってもよい。 The amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. is preferred, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less. The amount of non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less, or 0.1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
The amount of the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. % by mass or more, more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass. It is below. The amount of fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
Further, the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and preferably 75% by mass or less. The amount of ketone solvent 2-A is 20% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. good too.
本発明の積層体は、基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、前記中間層(c)は、本発明の組成物から形成される層であることを特徴とする。本発明の積層体は、撥水性が良好であり、好ましくは撥水性及び耐摩耗性が良好である。 <Laminate>
The laminate of the present invention is a laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c), and the intermediate layer (c) is composed of the composition of the present invention. It is characterized by being a layer formed from an object. The laminate of the present invention has good water repellency, preferably good water repellency and abrasion resistance.
基材(s)の材質は特に限定されず、有機系材料、無機系材料のいずれでもよく、また基材の形状は平面、曲面のいずれであってもよいし、これらが組み合わさった形状でもよい。有機系材料としては、アクリル樹脂、アクリロニトリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂(例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等)、スチレン樹脂、セルロース樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ビニル系樹脂(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール等)、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、及びこれら共重合体などの熱可塑性樹脂;フェノール樹脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂等の熱硬化性樹脂等が挙げられる。無機系材料としては、鉄、シリコン、銅、亜鉛、アルミニウム、チタン、ジルコニウム、ニオブ、タンタル、ランタン等の金属、これらの金属酸化物、又はこれら金属を含む合金、セラミックス、ガラスなどが挙げられる。この中でも特に、有機系材料が好ましく、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、及びウレタン樹脂の少なくとも1種がより好ましく、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂がさらに好ましく、ポリエチレンテレフタレートが特に好ましい。 1. base material (s)
The material of the base material (s) is not particularly limited, and may be either an organic material or an inorganic material, and the shape of the base material may be flat, curved, or a combination of these. good. Examples of organic materials include acrylic resins, acrylonitrile resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate), styrene resins, cellulose resins, polyolefin resins, vinyl resins (e.g., polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinylbenzyl chloride, etc.). resin, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.), polyvinylidene chloride resin, polyamide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyetherimide resin, polyethersulfone resin, polysulfone resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, copolymers thereof, etc. Thermoplastic resins; thermosetting resins such as phenol resins, urea resins, melamine resins, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins and urethane resins. Examples of inorganic materials include metals such as iron, silicon, copper, zinc, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, niobium, tantalum, and lanthanum, metal oxides thereof, alloys containing these metals, ceramics, and glass. Among these, organic materials are particularly preferable, and at least one of acrylic resins, polyester resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and urethane resins is more preferable, acrylic resins and polyester resins are more preferable, and polyethylene terephthalate. is particularly preferred.
本発明の積層体において、基材(s)と中間層(c)との間に、基材(s)、中間層(c)、及び撥水層(r)とは異なる層(X)が設けられていることが好ましい。層(X)としては、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂及び熱硬化型の樹脂よりなる群(X1)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層が挙げられる。前記活性エネルギー線とは、活性種を発生する化合物を分解して活性種を発生させることができるエネルギー線と定義され、可視光、紫外線、赤外線、X線、α線、β線、γ線及び電子線などを挙げることができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂には、アクリル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、オキセタン系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、ビニル系樹脂(ポリエチレン、塩化ビニル系樹脂など)、スチレン系樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、ビニルエーテル系樹脂もしくはシリコーン系樹脂又はこれらの混合樹脂等の紫外線硬化型樹脂や、電子線硬化型樹脂が含まれ、特に紫外線硬化型樹脂が好ましい。群(X1)としては、特にアクリル系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、スチレン系樹脂、塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、及びエポキシ系樹脂が好ましい。また、層(X)としては、チタン酸化物、ジルコニウム酸化物、アルミニウム酸化物、ニオブ酸化物、タンタル酸化物、ランタン酸化物、及びSiO2よりなる群(X2)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を挙げることもできる。層(X)の厚みは、例えば0.1nm以上100μm以下であり、好ましくは1nm以上60μm以下、より好ましくは1nm以上10μm以下である。 2. Layer (X)
In the laminate of the present invention, a layer (X) different from the substrate (s), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) is provided between the substrate (s) and the intermediate layer (c). is preferably provided. Examples of the layer (X) include layers formed from at least one selected from the group (X1) consisting of active energy ray-curable resins and thermosetting resins. The active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can generate active species by decomposing a compound that generates active species, and includes visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α rays, β rays, γ rays and An electron beam etc. can be mentioned. The active energy ray-curable resins include acrylic resins, epoxy resins, oxetane resins, urethane resins, polyamide resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, vinyl resins (polyethylene, vinyl chloride resins, etc.), styrene. UV-curable resins such as phenol-based resins, phenolic resins, vinyl ether-based resins, silicone-based resins, or mixed resins thereof, and electron beam-curable resins are included, and UV-curable resins are particularly preferred. As group (X1), acrylic resins, silicone resins, styrene resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyamide resins, phenol resins, and epoxy resins are particularly preferable. Further, the layer (X) is at least one selected from the group (X2) consisting of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, lanthanum oxide, and SiO 2 Layers that are formed can also be mentioned. The thickness of the layer (X) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 60 μm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 10 μm or less.
層(X)が、前記群(X1)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を有する場合、層(X)は表面硬度を有するハードコート層(hc)として機能することができ、基材(s)に耐擦傷性を付与することができる。ハードコート層(hc)の硬度は通常、鉛筆硬度でB以上であり、好ましくはHB以上、さらに好ましくはH以上、ことさら好ましくは2H以上である。層(X)がハードコート層(hc)を含む場合、すなわち層(X)がハードコート層の機能を有する場合、ハードコート層(hc)は単層構造であってもよく、多層構造であってもよい。ハードコート層(hc)は、例えば前記した紫外線硬化型樹脂を含むことが好ましく、特にアクリル系樹脂又はシリコーン系樹脂を含むことが好ましく、高硬度を発現するためには、アクリル系樹脂を含むことが好ましい。また、上記中間層(c)を介した撥水層(r)との密着性が良好となる傾向が見られることから、エポキシ系樹脂を含むことも好ましい。なお、群(X1)を構成する活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂及び熱硬化型の樹脂を形成する具体的な方法については、後述の表示装置の欄で説明する。 2-1. Hard coat layer (hc)
When the layer (X) has a layer formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), the layer (X) can function as a hard coat layer (hc) having surface hardness, The material (s) can be made scratch resistant. The hard coat layer (hc) generally has a pencil hardness of B or higher, preferably HB or higher, more preferably H or higher, and even more preferably 2H or higher. When the layer (X) contains the hard coat layer (hc), that is, when the layer (X) has the function of a hard coat layer, the hard coat layer (hc) may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. may The hard coat layer (hc) preferably contains, for example, the above-described UV-curable resin, and particularly preferably contains an acrylic resin or a silicone resin. is preferred. It is also preferable to contain an epoxy-based resin, since there is a tendency for good adhesion with the water-repellent layer (r) via the intermediate layer (c). A specific method for forming the active energy ray-curable resin and the thermosetting resin constituting the group (X1) will be described later in the column of the display device.
層(X)が、前記群(X2)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を有する場合、層(X)は入射した光の反射を防止する反射防止層(ar)として機能することができる。層(X)が反射防止層(ar)を含む場合、反射防止層(ar)は、380~780nmの可視光領域において、反射率が5.0%以下程度に低減された反射特性を示す層であることが好ましい。反射防止層(ar)は、シリカから形成される層を含むことが好ましい。 2-2. Antireflection layer (ar)
When the layer (X) has a layer formed of at least one selected from the group (X2), the layer (X) functions as an antireflection layer (ar) that prevents reflection of incident light. can be done. When the layer (X) contains an antireflection layer (ar), the antireflection layer (ar) is a layer exhibiting reflection characteristics in which the reflectance is reduced to about 5.0% or less in the visible light region of 380 to 780 nm. is preferably The antireflection layer (ar) preferably comprises a layer formed from silica.
中間層(c)は、前記中間層形成用組成物から形成される層であり、前記中間層形成用組成物の硬化層であることが好ましい。中間層(c)は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の構造を有している。前述の通り、好ましい態様においては、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子には加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している。従って、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が有する-SiOH基又はケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基の加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(C)の-SiOH基が、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の-SiOH基、又は積層体において中間層(c)が形成される面の活性水素(水酸基など)と脱水縮合するため、中間層(c)は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の縮合構造を有することが好ましい。中間層(c)は撥水層(r)のプライマー層として機能することができる。中間層(c)の厚みは、例えば1nm以上、1000nm以下である。 3. Intermediate layer (c)
The intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition, and is preferably a cured layer of the intermediate layer-forming composition. The intermediate layer (c) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C). As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C). Therefore, the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom is the — derived from the organosilicon compound (C) The intermediate layer (c) should have a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with SiOH groups or active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl groups) on the surface of the laminate where the intermediate layer (c) is formed. is preferred. The intermediate layer (c) can function as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r). The thickness of the intermediate layer (c) is, for example, 1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
撥水層(r)は、後述する有機ケイ素化合物(A)の混合組成物(以下、撥水層形成用組成物という場合がある。)から形成される層であることが好ましく、前記撥水層形成用組成物の硬化層であることがより好ましい。 4. Water-repellent layer (r)
The water-repellent layer (r) is preferably a layer formed from a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (A) described later (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a water-repellent layer). More preferably, it is a cured layer of a layer-forming composition.
有機ケイ素化合物(A)は、フルオロポリエーテル構造を含む。前記フルオロポリエーテル構造は、フルオロオキシアルキレン基ともいうことができ、両端が酸素原子である構造を意味する。フルオロポリエーテル構造は、撥水性又は撥油性などの撥液性を有する。フルオロポリエーテル構造は、パーフルオロポリエーテル構造であることが好ましい。フルオロポリエーテル構造の最も長い直鎖部分に含まれる炭素数は、例えば5以上であることが好ましく、10以上がより好ましく、更により好ましくは20以上である。前記炭素数の上限は特に限定されず、例えば200であり、好ましくは150である。前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)1分子中のケイ素原子の数は1~10であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~6である。 4-1. Organosilicon compound (A)
The organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure. The fluoropolyether structure can also be referred to as a fluorooxyalkylene group, and means a structure in which both ends are oxygen atoms. Fluoropolyether structures have liquid repellency, such as water repellency or oil repellency. The fluoropolyether structure is preferably a perfluoropolyether structure. The number of carbon atoms contained in the longest linear portion of the fluoropolyether structure is, for example, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 200, preferably 150. The number of silicon atoms in one molecule of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6.
Rfa26、Rfa27、Rfa28、及びRfa29は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のフッ化アルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfa26が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa26がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa27が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa27がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa28が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa28がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa29が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa29がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
R25及びR26は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は1個以上の水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換された炭素数1~4のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、一つの炭素原子に結合するR25及びR26の少なくとも一方は水素原子であり、R25が複数存在する場合は複数のR25がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R26が複数存在する場合は複数のR26がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
R27及びR28は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は単結合であり、R27が複数存在する場合は複数のR27がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R28が複数存在する場合は複数のR28がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
R29及びR30は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、R29が複数存在する場合は複数のR29がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R30が複数存在する場合は複数のR30がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
M7は、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-NR-、-NRC(=O)-、-C(=O)NR-、-CH=CH-、又は-C6H4-(フェニレン基)であり、前記Rは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4の含フッ素アルキル基であり、M7が複数存在する場合は複数のM7がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
M5は、水素原子、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、M5が複数存在する場合は複数のM5がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
M10は、水素原子、又はハロゲン原子であり、
M8及びM9は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基、ヒドロキシ基、又は-(CH2)e7-Si(OR14)3であり、e7は1~5であり、R14はメチル基又はエチル基であり、M8が複数存在する場合は複数のM8がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、M9が複数存在する場合は複数のM9がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
f21、f22、f23、f24、及びf25はそれぞれ独立して0~600の整数であり、f21、f22、f23、f24、及びf25の合計値は13以上であり、
f26は、0~20の整数であり、
f27は、それぞれ独立して、0~2の整数であり、
g21は1~3の整数、g22は0~2の整数、g21+g22≦3であり、
g31は1~3の整数、g32は0~2の整数、g31+g32≦3であり、
M10-、-Si(M9)g31(H)g32(R30)3-g31-g32、f21個の-{C(R25)(R26)}-単位(Ua1)、f22個の-{C(Rfa26)(Rfa27)}-単位(Ua2)、f23個の-{Si(R27)(R28)}-単位(Ua3)、f24個の-{Si(Rfa28)(Rfa29)}-単位(Ua4)、f25個の-M7-単位(Ua5)、及びf26個の-[C(M5){(CH2)f27-Si(M8)g21(H)g22(R29)3-g21-g22}]-単位(Ua6)は、M10-が式(a1)における一方の末端であり、-Si(M9)g31(H)g32(R30)3-g31-g32が他方の末端であり、少なくとも一部でフルオロポリエーテル構造を形成する順で並び、-O-が-O-と連続しない限り、それぞれの単位が任意の順で並んで結合する。任意の順で並んで結合するとは、各繰り返し単位が連続して上記式(a1)に記載の通りの順に並ぶ意味に限定されないことを意味し、またf21個の単位(Ua1)が連続して結合している必要はなく、途中に他の単位を介して結合していてもよく、合計でf21個あればよいことを意味する。f22~f26で括られる単位(Ua2)~(Ua6)についても同様である。
Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 , and Rf a29 are each independently a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom ; When a plurality of Rf a26 are present, a plurality of Rf a26 may be different, when a plurality of Rf a27 are present, a plurality of Rf a27 may be different, and when a plurality of Rf a28 are present, a plurality of Rf a28 may be different from each other, and when a plurality of Rf a29 are present, the plurality of Rf a29 may be different,
R 25 and R 26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with halogen atoms; group, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, and when a plurality of R 25 are present, the plurality of R 25 may be different, When doing, multiple R 26 may be different,
R 27 and R 28 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a single bond ; When a plurality of R 28 are present, the plurality of R 28 may be different,
R 29 and R 30 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms ; may have different R 30 ,
M7 is -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-, -NR-, -NRC (=O)-, -C(=O)NR-, - CH═CH— or —C 6 H 4 — (phenylene group), R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and M 7 is When a plurality of M 7 are present, the plurality of M 7 may be different,
M 5 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when multiple M 5 are present, the multiple M 5 may be different,
M 10 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,
M 8 and M 9 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, a hydroxy group, or —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OR 14 ) 3 , e7 is 1 to 5, and R 14 is a methyl group; or an ethyl group, and when a plurality of M 8 are present, the plurality of M 8 may be different, and when a plurality of M 9 is present, the plurality of M 9 may be different,
f21, f22, f23, f24, and f25 are each independently an integer of 0 to 600, and the total value of f21, f22, f23, f24, and f25 is 13 or more,
f26 is an integer from 0 to 20,
f27 is each independently an integer of 0 to 2,
g21 is an integer of 1 to 3, g22 is an integer of 0 to 2, g21 + g22 ≤ 3,
g31 is an integer of 1 to 3, g32 is an integer of 0 to 2, g31 + g32 ≤ 3,
M 10 -, -Si(M 9 ) g31 (H) g32 (R 30 ) 3 -g31-g32 , f21 -{C(R 25 )(R 26 )}-units (U a1 ), f22 - {C(Rf a26 ) (Rf a27 )} - unit (U a2 ), f23 - {Si (R 27 ) (R 28 )} - unit (U a3 ), f24 - {Si (Rf a28 )(Rf a29 )}-units (U a4 ), f 25 -M 7 -units (U a5 ), and f 26 -[C(M 5 ){(CH 2 ) f27 -Si(M 8 ) g21 (H) g22 (R 29 ) 3-g21-g22 }]-unit (U a6 ) has M 10 - at one end in formula (a1), and -Si(M 9 ) g31 (H) g32 ( R 30 ) 3-g31-g32 is the other terminal, and each unit can be arranged in any order as long as at least a portion thereof forms a fluoropolyether structure and -O- is not continuous with -O- Join side by side. “Arranged in any order and bonded” means that the repeating units are not limited to the order in which the repeating units are consecutively arranged in the order described in formula (a1) above, and f21 units (U a1 ) are consecutively arranged It means that f21 units in total need not be bonded through other units and may be bonded via other units in the middle. The same applies to the units (U a2 ) to (U a6 ) enclosed by f22 to f26.
R25及びR26は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はフッ素原子であり、一つの炭素原子に結合するR25及びR26の少なくとも一方は水素原子であり、より好ましくはいずれも水素原子である。
R27及びR28は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基であり、より好ましくはすべて水素原子である。
R29及びR30は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~2のアルキル基である。
M7は、好ましくは、-C(=O)-O-、-O-、-O-C(=O)-であり、より好ましくはすべて-O-である。
M5は、好ましくは水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基であり、より好ましくはすべて水素原子である。
M10は、好ましくはフッ素原子である。
M8及びM9は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子であり、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、塩素原子がより好ましく、特にメトキシ基、又はエトキシ基が好ましい。
好ましくは、f21、f23、及びf24は、それぞれf22の1/2以下であり、より好ましくは1/4以下であり、さらに好ましくはf23又はf24は0であり、特に好ましくはf23及びf24は0である。
f25は、好ましくはf21、f22、f23、f24の合計値の1/5以上であり、f21、f22、f23、f24の合計値以下である。
f21は0~20が好ましく、より好ましくは0~15であり、更に好ましくは1~15であり、特に2~10が好ましい。f22は、5~600が好ましく、8~600がより好ましく、更に好ましくは20~200であり、一層好ましくは30~200であり、より一層好ましくは35~180であり、最も好ましくは40~180である。f23及びf24は、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは0~3であり、更に好ましくは0である。f25は4~600が好ましく、より好ましくは4~200であり、更に好ましくは10~200であり、一層好ましくは30~60である。f21、f22、f23、f24、f25の合計値は、20~600が好ましく、20~250がより好ましく、50~230が更に好ましい。f26は、好ましくは0~18であり、より好ましくは0~15であり、更に好ましくは0~10であり、一層好ましくは0~5である。f27は、好ましくは0~1であり、より好ましくは0である。g21及びg31は、それぞれ独立して2~3が好ましく、3がより好ましい。g22及びg32は、それぞれ独立して0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。g21+g22、及びg31+g32は3であることが好ましい。 Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 and Rf a29 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms. More preferably, it is a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
R 25 and R 26 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, more preferably both are hydrogen is an atom.
R 27 and R 28 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
R 29 and R 30 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups, more preferably C 1-2 alkyl groups.
M 7 is preferably -C(=O)-O-, -O-, -OC(=O)-, more preferably all -O-.
M 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
M 10 is preferably a fluorine atom.
M8 and M9 are preferably each independently an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom, particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
Preferably, f21, f23, and f24 are each 1/2 or less of f22, more preferably 1/4 or less, still more preferably f23 or f24 is 0, and particularly preferably f23 and f24 are 0 is.
f25 is preferably 1/5 or more of the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24 and less than or equal to the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24.
f21 is preferably 0-20, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 1-15, and particularly preferably 2-10. f22 is preferably 5 to 600, more preferably 8 to 600, still more preferably 20 to 200, still more preferably 30 to 200, still more preferably 35 to 180, most preferably 40 to 180 is. f23 and f24 are preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, still more preferably 0. f25 is preferably 4-600, more preferably 4-200, even more preferably 10-200, still more preferably 30-60. The total value of f21, f22, f23, f24 and f25 is preferably 20-600, more preferably 20-250, even more preferably 50-230. f26 is preferably 0-18, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 0-10, still more preferably 0-5. f27 is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0. g21 and g31 are each independently preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3. g22 and g32 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. g21+g22 and g31+g32 are preferably three.
Rfa1は、両端が酸素原子である2価のフルオロポリエーテル構造であり、
R11、R12、及びR13は、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、R11が複数存在する場合は複数のR11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R12が複数存在する場合は複数のR12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R13が複数存在する場合は複数のR13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
E1、E2、E3、E4、及びE5は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子であり、E1が複数存在する場合は複数のE1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E2が複数存在する場合は複数のE2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E3が複数存在する場合は複数のE3がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E4が複数存在する場合は複数のE4がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E5が複数存在する場合は複数のE5がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
G1及びG2は、それぞれ独立して、シロキサン結合を有する2~10価のオルガノシロキサン基であり、
J1、J2、及びJ3は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基、ヒドロキシ基又は-(CH2)e7-Si(OR14)3であり、e7は1~5であり、R14はメチル基又はエチル基であり、J1が複数存在する場合は複数のJ1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、J2が複数存在する場合は複数のJ2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、J3が複数存在する場合は複数のJ3がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して、酸素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子又はフッ素原子を含んでいてもよい炭素数1~12の2価の連結基であって、-{C(R25)(R26)}-単位(Ua1)、-{C(Rfa26)(Rfa27)}-単位(Ua2)、-{Si(R27)(R28)}-単位(Ua3)又は-M7-単位(Ua5)の一つ以上が任意の順で並んで結合した連結基であり(R25、R26、R27、R28、Rfa26、Rfa27、M7は上記式(a1)におけるものと同じ)、
a10及びa14は、それぞれ独立して0又は1であり、
a11及びa15は、それぞれ独立して0又は1であり、
a12及びa16は、それぞれ独立して0~9であり、
a13は、0~4であり、
a11が0の時、又はa11が1であってG1が2価の時はd11は1であり、a11が1であってG1が3~10価のときは、d11はG1の価数より一つ少ない数であり、
a15が0の時、又はa15が1であってG2が2価の時はd12が1であり、a15が1であってG2が3~10価のときは、d12はG2の価数より一つ少ない数であり、
a21及びa23は、それぞれ独立して0~2であり、
e11は1~3、e12は0~2であり、e11+e12≦3であり、
e21は1~3、e22は0~2であり、e21+e22≦3であり、
e31は1~3、e32は0~2であり、e31+e32≦3である。
Rf a1 is a divalent fluoropolyether structure having oxygen atoms at both ends,
R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 11 , the plurality of R 11 may be different from each other; When present, multiple R 12 may be different, and when multiple R 13 are present, multiple R 13 may be different,
E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 and E 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom; When a plurality of 2 are present, a plurality of E 2 may be different, when a plurality of E 3 are present, a plurality of E 3 may be different, and when a plurality of E 4 is present, a plurality of E 4 may be different, and when multiple E 5 are present, the multiple E 5 may be different,
G 1 and G 2 are each independently a divalent to decavalent organosiloxane group having a siloxane bond,
J 1 , J 2 , and J 3 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, a hydroxy group, or —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OR 14 ) 3 , e7 is 1 to 5, and R 14 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and when there are a plurality of J 1 , the plurality of J 1 may be different, and when there are a plurality of J 2 , the plurality of J 2 may be different, and J When there are multiple 3 's, the multiple J 3 's may be different,
L 1 and L 2 are each independently a divalent linking group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom or a fluorine atom, and -{C(R 25 )(R 26 )}-unit (U a1 ),-{C(Rf a26 )(Rf a27 )}-unit (U a2 ),-{Si(R 27 )(R 28 )}-unit (U a3 ) Or, at least one -M 7 - unit (U a5 ) is a linking group that is arranged in any order (R 25 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , Rf a26 , Rf a27 and M 7 are the above the same as in formula (a1)),
a10 and a14 are each independently 0 or 1,
a11 and a15 are each independently 0 or 1,
a12 and a16 are each independently 0 to 9;
a13 is 0 to 4;
When a11 is 0, or when a11 is 1 and G 1 has a valence of 2, d11 is 1, and when a11 is 1 and G 1 has a valence of 3 to 10, d11 is the value of G 1 is one less than the number,
When a15 is 0, or when a15 is 1 and G 2 is divalent, d12 is 1, and when a15 is 1 and G 2 is 3 to 10 valent, d12 is the value of G 2 is one less than the number,
a21 and a23 are each independently 0 to 2,
e11 is 1 to 3, e12 is 0 to 2, e11 + e12 ≤ 3,
e21 is 1 to 3, e22 is 0 to 2, e21 + e22 ≤ 3,
e31 is 1 to 3, e32 is 0 to 2, and e31+e32≦3.
撥水層形成用組成物は、更に下記式(b1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(B)が混合されていてもよい。前記撥水層形成用組成物に有機ケイ素化合物(B)が混合される場合、撥水層形成用組成物は、有機ケイ素化合物(A)及び有機ケイ素化合物(B)を混合することにより得られる。有機ケイ素化合物(B)は、硬化皮膜中で有機ケイ素化合物(A)の間に存在することで、水滴などの滑落性をより向上させる作用を有する。有機ケイ素化合物(B)は、後述する通り、A2で表される加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基を有している。前記加水分解性基としては、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アセトキシ基、イソシアネート基等が挙げられる。 4-2. Organosilicon compound (B)
The composition for forming a water-repellent layer may further contain an organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1). When the organic silicon compound (B) is mixed with the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer-forming composition is obtained by mixing the organic silicon compound (A) and the organic silicon compound (B). . The organosilicon compound (B) is present between the organosilicon compounds (A) in the cured film, and has the effect of further improving the slideability of water droplets and the like. The organosilicon compound (B) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A2 , as will be described later. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
Rfb10は、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、
Rb11、Rb12、Rb13、Rb14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rb11が複数存在する場合は複数のRb11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb12が複数存在する場合は複数のRb12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb13が複数存在する場合は複数のRb13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb14が複数存在する場合は複数のRb14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfb11、Rfb12、Rfb13、Rfb14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfb11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rb15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rb15が複数存在する場合は複数のRb15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
A1は、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-NR-、-NRC(=O)-、又は-C(=O)NR-であり、前記Rは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4の含フッ素アルキル基であり、A1が複数存在する場合は複数のA1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
A2は、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基であり、A2が複数存在する場合は複数のA2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
b11、b12、b13、b14、b15は、それぞれ独立して0~100の整数であり、
cは、1~3の整数であり、
Rfb10-、-Si(A2)c(Rb15)3-c、b11個の-{C(Rb11)(Rb12)}-単位(Ub1)、b12個の-{C(Rfb11)(Rfb12)}-単位(Ub2)、b13個の-{Si(Rb13)(Rb14)}-単位(Ub3)、b14個の-{Si(Rfb13)(Rfb14)}-単位(Ub4)、b15個の-A1-単位(Ub5)は、Rfb10-が式(b1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(A2)c(Rb15)3-cが他方の末端となり、フルオロポリエーテル構造を形成せず、かつ-O-が-O-乃至-Fと連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Ub1)~単位(Ub5)が任意の順で並んで結合する。 In the above formula (b1),
Rf b10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
R b11 , R b12 , R b13 , and R b14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b11 are present, the plurality of R b11 are different from each other. When there are a plurality of R b12 , the plurality of R b12 may be different, when there are a plurality of R b13 , the plurality of R b13 may be different, and when there is a plurality of R b14 may be different from each other in a plurality of R b14 ,
Rf b11 , Rf b12 , Rf b13 , and Rf b14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf b11 are present When there is a plurality of Rf b11, the plurality of Rf b11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf b12 , the plurality of Rf b12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf b13 , the plurality of Rf b13 may be different. may be present, and if there are a plurality of Rf b14 , the plurality of Rf b14 may be different,
R b15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b15 are present, the plurality of R b15 may be different,
A 1 is -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-, -NR-, -NRC(=O)-, or -C(=O)NR- and R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple A 1 , the multiple A 1 may be different,
A 2 is a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group, and when a plurality of A 2 are present, the plurality of A 2 may be different,
b11, b12, b13, b14, and b15 are each independently an integer of 0 to 100,
c is an integer from 1 to 3,
Rf b10 -, -Si(A 2 ) c (R b15 ) 3-c , b11 -{C(R b11 )(R b12 )}-unit (U b1 ), b12 -{C(Rf b11 ) (Rf b12 )}-unit (U b2 ), b13-{Si(R b13 )(R b14 )}-unit (U b3 ), b14-{Si(Rf b13 )(Rf b14 )} - unit (U b4 ), b15 -A 1 - units (U b5 ), Rf b10 - becomes one terminal of the compound represented by formula (b1), -Si(A 2 ) c (R b15 ) Each unit (U b1 ) to unit (U b5 ) is optional as long as 3-c is the other end, does not form a fluoropolyether structure, and -O- is not linked to -O- to -F Arrange and join in order.
前記撥水層形成用組成物は、通常、溶剤4が混合されている。前記溶剤4としてはフッ素系溶剤を用いることが好ましく、例えばフッ素化エーテル系溶剤、フッ素化アミン系溶剤、フッ素化炭化水素系溶剤等を用いることができ、特に沸点が100℃以上であることが好ましい。フッ素化エーテル系溶剤としては、フルオロアルキル(特に炭素数2~6のパーフルオロアルキル基)-アルキル(特にメチル基又はエチル基)エーテルなどのハイドロフルオロエーテルが好ましく、例えばエチルノナフルオロブチルエーテル又はエチルノナフルオロイソブチルエーテルが挙げられる。エチルノナフルオロブチルエーテル又はエチルノナフルオロイソブチルエーテルとしては、例えばNovec(登録商標)7200(3M社製、分子量約264)が挙げられる。フッ素化アミン系溶剤としては、アンモニアの水素原子の少なくとも1つがフルオロアルキル基で置換されたアミンが好ましく、アンモニアの全ての水素原子がフルオロアルキル基(特にパーフルオロアルキル基)で置換された第三級アミンが好ましく、具体的にはトリス(ヘプタフルオロプロピル)アミンが挙げられ、フロリナート(登録商標)FC-3283(3M社製、分子量約521)がこれに該当する。フッ素化炭化水素系溶剤としては、1,1,1,3,3-ペンタフルオロブタン、パーフルオロヘキサンなどのフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤、1,3-ビス(トリフルオロメチルベンゼン)などのフッ素化芳香族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。1,1,1,3,3-ペンタフルオロブタンとしては、例えばソルブ55(ソルベックス社製)等が挙げられる。 4-3. Solvent 4
The water-repellent layer-forming composition is usually mixed with a solvent 4 . As the solvent 4, it is preferable to use a fluorine-based solvent. For example, a fluorinated ether-based solvent, a fluorinated amine-based solvent, a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent, etc. can be used. preferable. As the fluorinated ether-based solvent, hydrofluoroethers such as fluoroalkyl (especially perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms)-alkyl (especially methyl group or ethyl group) ether are preferable. Fluoroisobutyl ether may be mentioned. Examples of ethyl nonafluorobutyl ether or ethyl nonafluoroisobutyl ether include Novec® 7200 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 264). As the fluorinated amine-based solvent, an amine in which at least one hydrogen atom of ammonia is substituted with a fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a third Preferred are class amines, specifically tris(heptafluoropropyl)amine, and Fluorinert® FC-3283 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 521) corresponds to this. Fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents include fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane and perfluorohexane, and 1,3-bis(trifluoromethylbenzene). Examples include fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. Examples of 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane include Solv 55 (manufactured by Solvex).
本発明の積層体の撥水層(r)表面の水接触角(初期接触角)は、例えば105°以上、好ましくは110°以上であり、また例えば125°以下である。 5. Characteristics of Laminate The water contact angle (initial contact angle) of the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and for example, 125° or less.
次に、本発明の積層体の製造方法について説明する。 6. Method for Manufacturing Laminate Next, a method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention will be described.
本発明の積層体は、表示装置に好適に用いられ、特にフレキシブル表示装置に好適に用いられる。本発明の積層体は、好ましくは表示装置において前面板として用いることができ、該前面板はウインドウフィルムと称されることがある。 <Display device>
The laminate of the present invention is suitable for use in display devices, and particularly suitable for flexible display devices. The laminate of the present invention can preferably be used as a front plate in a display device, and the front plate is sometimes called a window film.
ウインドウフィルムは、表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)の視認側に配置され、その他の構成要素を外部からの衝撃又は温湿度等の環境変化から保護する役割を担っている。このような保護層としてはガラスを使用してもよく、フレキシブル画像表示装置においては、ウインドウフィルムはガラスのようにリジッドで堅いものではなく、フレキシブルな特性を有する材料を使用してもよい。従って、本発明の積層体をフレキシブル表示装置におけるウインドウフィルムとして用いる場合には、基材(s)はフレキシブルな透明基材からなることが好ましく、基材(s)の少なくとも一方の面にハードコート層が積層されていてもよい。 (window film)
The window film is arranged on the viewing side of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) and plays a role of protecting other components from external shocks or environmental changes such as temperature and humidity. Glass may be used as such a protective layer, and in a flexible image display device, a material having flexible properties may be used for the window film instead of being rigid and hard like glass. Therefore, when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film in a flexible display device, the substrate (s) is preferably made of a flexible transparent substrate, and at least one surface of the substrate (s) is coated with a hard coat. Layers may be laminated.
前記ハードコート組成物には重合開始剤をさらに含むことができる。重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤、カチオン重合開始剤、ラジカル及びカチオン重合開始剤等であり、適宜選択して用いることができる。これらの重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくとも一種により分解されて、ラジカルもしくはカチオンを発生してラジカル重合とカチオン重合を進行させるものである。 Examples of cationic polymerizable compounds having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols having an alicyclic ring, or compounds containing cyclohexene rings or cyclopentene rings, which are treated with a suitable oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid. Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth)acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts thereof, and glycidyl ethers produced by reaction with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as novolak epoxy resins.
The hard coat composition may further include a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
活性エネルギー線ラジカル重合開始剤としては、分子の分解でラジカルが生成されるType1型ラジカル重合開始剤と、3級アミンと共存して水素引き抜き型反応でラジカルを生成するType2型ラジカル重合開始剤があり、それぞれ単独で又は併用して使用することもできる。 Any radical polymerization initiator may be used as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. Examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, and azo compounds such as azobisbutyronitrile.
As active energy ray radical polymerization initiators, Type 1 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by decomposition of molecules and Type 2 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by hydrogen abstraction type reaction in coexistence with tertiary amines are used. Yes, each can be used alone or in combination.
本発明の表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置)は、上記の通り、偏光板、中でも円偏光板を備えることが好ましい。円偏光板は、直線偏光板にλ/4位相差板を積層することにより、右又は左円偏光成分のみを透過させる機能を有する機能層である。たとえば外光を右円偏光に変換して有機ELパネルで反射されて左円偏光となった外光を遮断し、有機ELの発光成分のみを透過させることで反射光の影響を抑制して画像を見やすくするために用いられる。円偏光機能を達成するためには、直線偏光板の吸収軸とλ/4位相差板の遅相軸は理論上45度である必要があるが、実用的には45±10度である。直線偏光板とλ/4位相差板は必ずしも隣接して積層される必要はなく、吸収軸と遅相軸の関係が前述の範囲を満足していればよい。全波長において完全な円偏光を達成することが好ましいが実用上は必ずしもその必要はないので本発明における円偏光板は楕円偏光板をも包含する。直線偏光板の視認側にさらにλ/4位相差フィルムを積層して、出射光を円偏光とすることで偏光サングラスをかけた状態での視認性を向上させることも好ましい。 (Circularly polarizing plate)
As described above, the display device (preferably flexible display device) of the present invention preferably includes a polarizing plate, especially a circularly polarizing plate. A circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having a function of transmitting only a right-handed or left-handed circularly polarized light component by laminating a λ/4 retardation plate on a linearly polarizing plate. For example, by converting external light into right-handed circularly polarized light and blocking the left-handed circularly polarized light reflected by the organic EL panel, and allowing only the luminescent component of the organic EL to pass through, the effect of the reflected light is suppressed to create an image. used to make it easier to see. In order to achieve the circular polarization function, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the λ/4 retardation plate should theoretically be 45 degrees, but in practice they are 45±10 degrees. The linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 retardation plate do not necessarily have to be laminated adjacent to each other as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the above range. Although it is preferable to achieve perfect circular polarization at all wavelengths, it is not always necessary in practice, so the circularly polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptically polarizing plate. It is also preferable to further laminate a λ/4 retardation film on the visible side of the linear polarizing plate to circularly polarize the emitted light, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.
前記二色性色素化合物は、前記液晶性化合物とともに配向して二色性を示す色素であって、重合性官能基を有していてもよく、また、二色性色素自身が液晶性を有していてもよい。
液晶偏光組成物に含まれる化合物のいずれかは重合性官能基を有する。前記液晶偏光組成物はさらに開始剤、溶剤、分散剤、レベリング剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、架橋剤、シランカップリング剤などを含むことができる。
前記液晶偏光層は、配向膜上に液晶偏光組成物を塗布して液晶偏光層を形成することにより製造される。液晶偏光層は、フィルム型偏光子に比べて厚さを薄く形成することができ、その厚さは好ましくは0.5μm以上10μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。 Further, another example of the polarizer is a liquid crystal coated polarizer formed by applying a liquid crystal polarizing composition. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The liquid crystalline compound only needs to have a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is particularly preferable to have a high-order alignment state such as a smectic phase because high polarizing performance can be exhibited. Moreover, the liquid crystalline compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.
The dichroic dye compound is a dye that exhibits dichroism by aligning with the liquid crystalline compound, and may have a polymerizable functional group, and the dichroic dye itself has liquid crystallinity. You may have
Any one of the compounds contained in the liquid crystal polarizing composition has a polymerizable functional group. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
The liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed thinner than the film-type polarizer, and the thickness is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
前記液晶偏光層は基材から剥離して転写して積層することもできるし、前記基材をそのまま積層することもできる。前記基材が、保護フィルムや位相差板、ウインドウフィルムの透明基材としての役割を担うことも好ましい。 The alignment film is produced, for example, by coating an alignment film-forming composition on a substrate and imparting alignment properties by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, or the like. The alignment film-forming composition contains an alignment agent, and may further contain a solvent, a cross-linking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. Examples of the alignment agent include polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamic acids, and polyimides. When using an alignment agent that imparts alignment properties by polarized light irradiation, it is preferable to use an alignment agent containing a cinnamate group. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the alignment agent is, for example, about 10,000 to 1,000,000. The thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less in terms of sufficiently expressing the alignment control force.
The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferring, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
前記延伸型位相差板の厚さは、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上100μm以下である。延伸型位相差板の厚さが前記の範囲にあると、該延伸型位相差板の柔軟性が低下し難い傾向にある。 The λ/4 retardation plate is a film that provides a λ/4 retardation in a direction (in-plane direction of the film) perpendicular to the traveling direction of incident light. The λ/4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate manufactured by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose film, an olefin film, or a polycarbonate film. The λ / 4 retardation plate, if necessary, retardation modifiers, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, and the like.
The thickness of the stretched retardation plate is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less. When the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the stretched retardation plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
前記液晶組成物は、ネマチック、コレステリック、スメクチック等の液晶状態を示す液晶性化合物を含む。前記液晶性化合物は、重合性官能基を有する。
前記液晶組成物は、さらに開始剤、溶剤、分散剤、レベリング剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、架橋剤、シランカップリング剤などを含むことができる。
前記液晶塗布型位相差板は、前記液晶偏光層と同様に、液晶組成物を下地上に塗布、硬化して液晶位相差層を形成することで製造することができる。液晶塗布型位相差板は、延伸型位相差板に比べて厚さを薄く形成することができる。前記液晶偏光層の厚さは、好ましくは0.5μm以上10μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。
前記液晶塗布型位相差板は基材から剥離して転写して積層することもできるし、前記基材をそのまま積層することもできる。前記基材が、保護フィルムや位相差板、ウインドウフィルムの透明基材としての役割を担うことも好ましい。 Another example of the λ/4 retardation plate is a liquid crystal coated retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition.
The liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, or smectic. The liquid crystalline compound has a polymerizable functional group.
The liquid crystal composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
The liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be produced by applying a liquid crystal composition on a base and curing to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as the liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed thinner than the stretching type retardation plate. The thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
The liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferred, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
また、他の方法としてはλ/2位相差板と組合せることで広帯域λ/4位相差板を得る技術も知られている(例えば、特開平10-90521号公報など)。λ/2位相差板もλ/4位相差板と同様の材料方法で製造される。延伸型位相差板と液晶塗布型位相差板の組合せは任意であるが、どちらも液晶塗布型位相差板を用いることにより厚さを薄くすることができる。
前記円偏光板には斜め方向の視認性を高めるために、正のCプレートを積層する方法が知られている(例えば、特開2014-224837号公報など)。正のCプレートは、液晶塗布型位相差板であっても延伸型位相差板であってもよい。該位相差板の厚さ方向の位相差は、好ましくは-200nm以上-20nm以下、より好ましくは-140nm以上-40nm以下である。 In general, many materials exhibit larger birefringence at shorter wavelengths and smaller birefringence at longer wavelengths. In this case, it is not possible to achieve a retardation of λ/4 in the entire visible light region, so that the in-plane retardation is preferably 100 nm or more so that it is λ/4 around 560 nm where visibility is high. It is designed to be 180 nm or less, more preferably 130 nm or more and 150 nm or less. A reverse-dispersion λ/4 retardation plate using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of a normal one is preferable in terms of good visibility. As such materials, for example, those described in JP-A-2007-232873 and the like for the stretched retardation plate, and those described in JP-A-2010-30979 and the like for the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be used. .
As another method, a technique of obtaining a broadband λ/4 retardation plate by combining with a λ/2 retardation plate is also known (for example, JP-A-10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate is also manufactured by a material method similar to that of the λ/4 retardation plate. The combination of the stretched retardation plate and the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate is arbitrary, but the thickness of both can be reduced by using the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate.
A method is known in which a positive C plate is laminated on the circularly polarizing plate in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-224837). The positive C-plate may be either a liquid crystal-coated retardation plate or a stretched retardation plate. The retardation in the thickness direction of the retardation plate is preferably −200 nm or more and −20 nm or less, more preferably −140 nm or more and −40 nm or less.
本発明の積層体を備える表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置)は、上記の通り、タッチセンサを備えることが好ましい。タッチセンサは入力手段として用いられる。タッチセンサとしては、抵抗膜方式、表面弾性波方式、赤外線方式、電磁誘導方式、静電容量方式等様々な様式が挙げられ、好ましくは静電容量方式が挙げられる。
静電容量方式タッチセンサは活性領域及び前記活性領域の外郭部に位置する非活性領域に区分される。活性領域は表示パネルで画面が表示される領域(表示部)に対応する領域であって、使用者のタッチが感知される領域であり、非活性領域は表示装置で画面が表示されない領域(非表示部)に対応する領域である。タッチセンサは、好ましくはフレキシブルな特性を有する基板と、前記基板の活性領域に形成された感知パターンと、前記基板の非活性領域に形成され、前記感知パターンとパッド部を介して外部の駆動回路と接続するための各センシングラインを含むことができる。フレキシブルな特性を有する基板としては、前記ウインドウフィルムの透明基板と同様の材料が使用できる。タッチセンサの基板は、靱性が2,000MPa%以上のものがタッチセンサのクラック抑制の面から好ましい。より好ましくは靱性が2,000MPa%以上、30,000MPa%以下である。ここで、靭性は、高分子材料の引張実験を通じて得られる応力(MPa)-ひずみ(%)曲線(Stress-strain curve)で破壊点までの曲線の下部面積として定義される。 (touch sensor)
A display device (preferably a flexible display device) including the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a touch sensor as described above. A touch sensor is used as an input means. As the touch sensor, there are various types such as a resistive film type, a surface acoustic wave type, an infrared type, an electromagnetic induction type, and an electrostatic capacity type, and the capacitive type is preferred.
A capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and a non-active area located outside the active area. The active area is an area corresponding to the area (display part) where the screen is displayed on the display panel, and is an area where a user's touch is sensed. display area). The touch sensor preferably includes a flexible substrate, a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate, and an external driving circuit formed in a non-active region of the substrate through the sensing pattern and a pad portion. each sensing line for connecting to a As the flexible substrate, the same material as the transparent substrate of the window film can be used. The substrate of the touch sensor preferably has a toughness of 2,000 MPa % or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks in the touch sensor. More preferably, the toughness is 2,000 MPa% or more and 30,000 MPa% or less. Here, the toughness is defined as the lower area of a stress-strain curve obtained through a tensile test of a polymeric material, up to the breaking point.
ブリッジ電極は感知パターン上部に絶縁層を介して前記絶縁層上部に形成されることができ、基板上にブリッジ電極が形成されており、その上に絶縁層及び感知パターンを形成することができる。前記ブリッジ電極は感知パターンと同じ素材で形成することもでき、モリブデン、銀、アルミニウム、銅、パラジウム、金、白金、亜鉛、スズ、チタン又はこれらのうちの2種以上の合金で形成することもできる。
第1パターンと第2パターンは電気的に絶縁されなければならないので、感知パターンとブリッジ電極の間には絶縁層が形成される。該絶縁層は、第1パターンの継ぎ手とブリッジ電極との間にのみ形成することや、感知パターン全体を覆う層として形成することもできる。感知パターン全体を覆う層の場合、ブリッジ電極は絶縁層に形成されたコンタクトホールを介して第2パターンを接続することができる。 The sensing patterns may include first patterns formed in a first direction and second patterns formed in a second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in different directions. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed in the same layer, and each pattern should be electrically connected to sense a touched point. The first pattern has a form in which a plurality of unit patterns are connected to each other through joints, while the second pattern has a structure in which a plurality of unit patterns are separated from each other in an island form. A separate bridge electrode is required for direct connection. A well-known transparent electrode can be applied to the electrode for connection of the second pattern. Materials for the transparent electrode include, for example, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), and indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO). , cadmium tin oxide (CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., preferably ITO. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The metal used for the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, terenium, chromium, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be done.
A bridge electrode may be formed on the insulating layer above the sensing pattern with an insulating layer interposed therebetween, and the bridge electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed thereon. The bridge electrode may be made of the same material as the sensing pattern, and may be made of molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of these. can.
Since the first pattern and the second pattern should be electrically insulated, an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode. The insulating layer can be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridge electrodes, or can be formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern. In the case of a layer covering the entire sensing pattern, the bridge electrode can connect the second pattern through contact holes formed in the insulating layer.
前記光硬化性有機バインダーは、本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で、例えば、アクリレート系単量体、スチレン系単量体、カルボン酸系単量体などの各単量体の共重合体を含むことができる。前記光硬化性有機バインダーは、例えば、エポキシ基含有繰り返し単位、アクリレート繰り返し単位、カルボン酸繰り返し単位などの互いに異なる各繰り返し単位を含む共重合体であってもよい。
前記無機粒子としては、例えば、ジルコニア粒子、チタニア粒子、アルミナ粒子などが挙げられる。
前記光硬化組成物は、光重合開始剤、重合性モノマー、硬化補助剤などの各添加剤をさらに含むこともできる。 The touch sensor is induced by a difference in transmittance between a patterned area where a sensing pattern is formed and a non-patterned area where no sensing pattern is formed, specifically by a difference in refractive index in these areas. An optical adjustment layer may further be included between the substrate and the electrode as a means for properly compensating for differences in optical transmittance. The optical modulating layer can comprise an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material. The optical control layer may be formed by coating a photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic binder and a solvent on a substrate. The photocurable composition may further include inorganic particles. The inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer.
The photocurable organic binder includes a copolymer of each monomer such as an acrylate-based monomer, a styrene-based monomer, and a carboxylic acid-based monomer within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. be able to. The photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing different repeating units such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units.
Examples of the inorganic particles include zirconia particles, titania particles, and alumina particles.
The photocurable composition may further include additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing aid.
前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)用積層体を形成する各層(ウインドウフィルム、円偏光板、タッチセンサ)並びに各層を構成するフィルム部材(直線偏光板、λ/4位相差板等)は接着剤によって接合することができる。該接着剤としては、水系接着剤、有機溶剤系、無溶剤系接着剤、固体接着剤、溶剤揮散型接着剤、湿気硬化型接着剤、加熱硬化型接着剤、嫌気硬化型、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、硬化剤混合型接着剤、熱溶融型接着剤、感圧型接着剤(粘着剤)、再湿型接着剤等、通常使用されている接着剤等が使用でき、好ましくは水系溶剤揮散型接着剤、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、粘着剤を使用できる。接着剤層の厚さは、求められる接着力等に応じて適宜調節することができ、好ましくは0.01~500μm、より好ましくは0.1~300μmである。前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)用積層体には、複数の接着層が存在するが、それぞれの厚さや種類は、同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 (adhesion layer)
Each layer (window film, circularly polarizing plate, touch sensor) forming the laminate for the display device (preferably a flexible image display device) and film members (linear polarizing plate, λ/4 retardation plate, etc.) constituting each layer are It can be joined with an adhesive. Examples of the adhesive include water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent volatile adhesives, moisture-curable adhesives, heat-curable adhesives, anaerobic-curable adhesives, and active energy ray-curable adhesives. Commonly used adhesives such as adhesives, curing agent-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives (adhesives), and rewetting adhesives can be used, preferably water-based solvent volatilization. A type adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used. The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired adhesive strength and the like, and is preferably 0.01 to 500 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. A plurality of adhesive layers are present in the laminate for a display device (preferably a flexible image display device), and the respective thicknesses and types may be the same or different.
前記カチオン重合性化合物は、ハードコート組成物におけるカチオン重合性化合物と同じ化合物を用いることができる。
活性エネルギー線硬化組成物に用いられるカチオン重合性化合物としては、エポキシ化合物が特に好ましい。接着剤組成物としての粘度を下げるために単官能の化合物を反応性希釈剤として含むことも好ましい。 The active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material that forms an adhesive layer upon irradiation with an active energy ray. The active energy ray-curable composition can contain at least one polymer of the same radically polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound as those contained in the hard coat composition. As the radically polymerizable compound, the same compound as the radically polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
As the cationic polymerizable compound, the same compound as the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
Epoxy compounds are particularly preferred as the cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray-curable composition. It is also preferred to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent in order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition.
活性エネルギー線組成物は、さらに重合開始剤を含むことができる。該重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤、カチオン重合開始剤、ラジカル及びカチオン重合開始剤等が挙げられ、これらは適宜選択して用いられる。これらの重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくとも一種により分解されて、ラジカルもしくはカチオンを発生してラジカル重合とカチオン重合を進行させるものである。ハードコート組成物の記載の中で活性エネルギー線照射によりラジカル重合又はカチオン重合の内の少なくともいずれか開始することができる開始剤を使用することができる。
前記活性エネルギー線硬化組成物はさらに、イオン捕捉剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、密着付与剤、熱可塑性樹脂、充填剤、流動粘度調整剤、可塑剤、消泡剤溶剤、添加剤、溶剤を含むことができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤によって2つの被接着層を接着する場合、前記活性エネルギー線硬化組成物を被接着層のいずれか一方又は両方に塗布後、貼合し、いずれかの被着層又は両方の被接着層に活性エネルギー線を照射して硬化させることにより、接着することができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤を用いる場合、その接着層の厚さは、好ましくは0.01~20μm、より好ましくは0.1~10μmである。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤を複数の接着層形成に用いる場合、それぞれの層の厚さや種類は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 The active energy ray composition can contain a monofunctional compound to reduce viscosity. Examples of the monofunctional compound include acrylate-based monomers having one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, compounds having one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) ) acrylates and the like.
The active energy ray composition can further contain a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and these are appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization. In the description of the hard coat composition, an initiator capable of initiating at least one of radical polymerization and cationic polymerization upon exposure to active energy rays can be used.
The active energy ray-curable composition further includes an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow viscosity modifier, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent solvent, an additive, and a solvent. can include When bonding two layers to be adhered with the active energy ray-curable adhesive, the active energy ray-curable composition is applied to one or both of the layers to be adhered, and then laminated, and any adherend layer is adhered. Alternatively, both layers to be adhered can be adhered by irradiating them with active energy rays for curing. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used, the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 10 μm. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used to form a plurality of adhesive layers, the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
前記遮光パターンは、前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)のベゼル又はハウジングの少なくとも一部として適用することができる。遮光パターンによって前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)の辺縁部に配置される配線が隠されて視認されにくくすることで、画像の視認性が向上する。前記遮光パターンは単層又は複層の形態であってもよい。遮光パターンのカラーは特に制限されることはなく、黒色、白色、金属色などの多様なカラーであってもよい。遮光パターンはカラーを具現するための顔料と、アクリル系樹脂、エステル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリウレタン、シリコーンなどの高分子で形成することができる。これらの単独又は2種類以上の混合物で使用することもできる。前記遮光パターンは、印刷、リソグラフィ、インクジェットなど各種の方法にて形成することができる。遮光パターンの厚さは、好ましくは1~100μm、より好ましくは2~50μmである。また、遮光パターンの厚さ方向に傾斜等の形状を付与することも好ましい。 (Shading pattern)
The light shielding pattern can be applied as at least part of a bezel or housing of the display device (preferably a flexible image display device). The visibility of the image is improved by hiding the wiring arranged at the peripheral portion of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) by the light-shielding pattern and making it difficult to see. The light shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers. The color of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and various colors such as black, white, and metallic color may be used. The light-shielding pattern may be formed of pigments for realizing colors and polymers such as acryl-based resins, ester-based resins, epoxy-based resins, polyurethanes, and silicones. These may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more. The light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 2-50 μm. It is also preferable to impart a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light shielding pattern.
実施例1
有機ケイ素化合物(C)として下記式で示す、特開2012-197330号公報に記載のN-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランとクロロプロピルトリメトキシシランの反応物(商品名;X-12-5263HP、信越化学工業株式会社製)を0.25質量%、溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.50質量%、溶剤2としてアセトンを0.25質量%混合した溶液を室温で撹拌し、中間層形成用組成物1を得た。 [Preparation of Intermediate Layer Forming Composition]
Example 1
A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane described in JP-A-2012-197330, represented by the following formula as an organosilicon compound (C) (trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was mixed with 0.25% by mass, 99.50% by mass of butyl acetate as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone as solvent 2. A solution was stirred at room temperature. Then, intermediate layer-forming composition 1 was obtained.
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.70質量%、溶剤2としてエタノールを0.05質量%用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物2を得た。 Example 2
Intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.70% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.05% by mass of ethanol was used as solvent 2.
溶剤2として2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノールを用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物3を得た。 Example 3
An intermediate layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol was used as solvent 2. A composition 3 for
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.45質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン0.25質量%並びにエタノール0.05質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物4を得た。 Example 4
Intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.45% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone and 0.05% by mass of ethanol were used as solvent 2. Obtained.
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを97.25質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン2.50質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物5を得た。 Example 5
Intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 97.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 2.50% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.73質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン0.025質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物6を得た。 Example 6
An intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.73% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.025% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを28.50質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン71.25質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物7を得た。 Example 7
Intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 28.50% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 71.25% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.25質量%、溶剤2としてジアセトンアルコール0.50質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物8を得た。
実施例9
有機ケイ素化合物(C)として下記式で示す、3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロパン-1-アミン(信越化学工業株式会社製KBM-903)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物9を得た。 Example 8
An intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.50% by mass of diacetone alcohol was used as solvent 2.
Example 9
In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 3-(trimethoxysilyl)propan-1-amine (KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) represented by the following formula was used as the organosilicon compound (C). An intermediate layer forming composition 9 was obtained.
有機ケイ素化合物(C)として特開2012-197330号公報に記載のN-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランとクロロプロピルトリメトキシシランの反応物(商品名;X-12-5263HP、信越化学工業株式会社製)を0.25質量%、溶剤1としてトルエンを99.75質量%混合した溶液を室温で撹拌し、中間層形成用組成物10を得た。 Comparative example 1
A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: X-12- 5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 99.75% by mass of toluene as solvent 1 were stirred at room temperature to obtain intermediate layer forming composition 10 .
透明の容器に、表2に示すような溶解度パラメータが既知の溶媒(出典:ポリマーハンドブック第4版)1mLと、X-12-5263HP 1mLを投入し混合液を調製した。得られた混合物を振とうした後、混合液の外観を目視にて観察し、得られた観察結果から下記の評価基準に基づいてX-12-5263HPの溶媒への溶解性を評価した。なお、評価基準が1又は2の場合は溶媒が測定試料を溶解したと判断し、評価基準が0の場合は溶媒が測定試料を溶解しなかったと判断した。評価結果を表2に示す。
(評価基準)
2:混合液の外観は半透明である。
1:混合液の外観は無色透明である。
0:混合液の外観は白濁している。 Measurement of Hansen solubility parameter by dissolving ball method In a transparent container, 1 mL of a solvent with known solubility parameters as shown in Table 2 (Source: Polymer Handbook 4th edition) and 1 mL of X-12-5263HP are added and the mixture is prepared. After shaking the resulting mixture, the appearance of the mixture was visually observed, and the solubility of X-12-5263HP in the solvent was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria based on the observation results obtained. When the evaluation criterion was 1 or 2, it was determined that the solvent dissolved the measurement sample, and when the evaluation criterion was 0, it was determined that the solvent did not dissolve the measurement sample. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
(Evaluation criteria)
2: Appearance of mixed liquid is translucent.
1: Appearance of mixed liquid is colorless and transparent.
0: The appearance of the mixed liquid is cloudy.
有機ケイ素化合物(A)として上記式(a3)を満たす化合物(a10)、有機ケイ素化合物(B)としてFAS13E(C6F13-C2H4-Si(OC2H5)3、東京化成工業株式会社製)、溶剤4としてFC-3283(C9F21N、フロリナート、3M社製)を混合し、室温で所定の時間撹拌し、撥水層形成用組成物を得た。撥水層形成用組成物中の有機ケイ素化合物(A)の割合は0.085質量%、有機ケイ素化合物(B)の割合は0.05質量%であった。なお、有機ケイ素化合物(A)として使用した化合物(a10)は、上述の化合物(a11)及び(a21)の要件を満たすとともに、好ましい態様も含めた式(a3)の要件を満たす化合物である。 [Preparation of composition for forming water-repellent layer]
A compound (a10) satisfying the above formula (a3) as the organosilicon compound (A), FAS13E(C 6 F 13 —C 2 H 4 —Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 as the organosilicon compound (B), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) and FC-3283 (C 9 F 21 N, Fluorinert, manufactured by 3M) as solvent 4 were mixed and stirred at room temperature for a predetermined time to obtain a composition for forming a water-repellent layer. The ratio of the organosilicon compound (A) in the water-repellent layer-forming composition was 0.085% by mass, and the ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) was 0.05% by mass. The compound (a10) used as the organosilicon compound (A) is a compound that satisfies the requirements of the above-described compounds (a11) and (a21) and also satisfies the requirements of formula (a3) including preferred embodiments.
実施例10
大気圧プラズマ装置(富士機械製造株式会社製)を用いて被塗布面を活性化処理したハードコート層を有するポリエチレンテレフタレート基材におけるハードコート層上に、前記で得られた中間層形成用組成物1を、株式会社MIKASA製OPTICOAT MS-A100(バーコーター)、#2のバーを用い、0.5ml、100mm/secの条件で塗布し、100℃で30秒乾燥させ、中間層を形成させた。その後、撥水層形成用組成物を、前記と同様の条件で中間層上に塗布し、100℃で30秒乾燥させ、撥水層を形成させた。 [Preparation of laminate]
Example 10
The intermediate layer-forming composition obtained above is applied onto the hard coat layer of a polyethylene terephthalate substrate having a hard coat layer whose surface to be coated is activated using an atmospheric pressure plasma device (manufactured by Fuji Machine Manufacturing Co., Ltd.). 1 was applied under the conditions of 0.5 ml and 100 mm/sec using an OPTICOAT MS-A100 (bar coater) manufactured by MIKASA Co., Ltd., #2 bar, and dried at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to form an intermediate layer. . Thereafter, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer was applied onto the intermediate layer under the same conditions as above and dried at 100° C. for 30 seconds to form a water-repellent layer.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、後述の加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物1を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 11
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, an intermediate layer-forming composition 1 subjected to an acceleration test described later was used.
調製した中間層形成用組成物40mLをポリプロピレン製使い捨て容器に取り分け、ポリ塩化ビニリデン製の耐熱ガスバリア性フィルムで蓋をした後、温度22℃湿度55%の大気雰囲気下、400rpmで2時間攪拌した。 40 mL of the intermediate layer-forming composition prepared for the accelerated test was placed in a disposable polypropylene container, covered with a heat-resistant gas barrier film made of polyvinylidene chloride, and then stirred at 400 rpm for 2 hours in an air atmosphere with a temperature of 22° C. and a humidity of 55%. did.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物2を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 12
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物2を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 13
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物3を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 14
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物3を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 15
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物4を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 16
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物4を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 17
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物5を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 18
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物5を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 19
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 5 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物6を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 20
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物6を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 21
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物7を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 22
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物7を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 23
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 7 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物8を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 24
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物8を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 25
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物9を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 26
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物9を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Example 27
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物10を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Comparative example 2
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物10を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。 Comparative example 3
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
25mLの中間層形成用組成物1~10を、50mLスクリュー管に各々取り分け、大気下で開放した後、蓋を閉めて保管した。大気雰囲気は温度22℃湿度55%であった。蓋を閉めてから、組成物が白濁するまでの日数を測定した。白濁するまでの日数が長いほど、組成物の保存安定性が良好であるといえる。 Evaluation of Storage Stability Twenty-five mL of intermediate layer-forming compositions 1 to 10 were placed in 50-mL screw tubes, exposed to the atmosphere, and then stored with the lids closed. The air atmosphere had a temperature of 22° C. and a humidity of 55%. After closing the lid, the number of days until the composition became cloudy was measured. It can be said that the longer the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy, the better the storage stability of the composition.
実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体における撥水層側の表面に、3μLの水滴を滴下し、接触角測定装置(協和界面科学社製、DM700)を用い、液滴法(解析方法:θ/2法)にて、水の接触角を測定した。 Measurement of contact angle (initial contact angle)
A water droplet of 3 μL was dropped on the surface of the water-repellent layer side of the laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and Comparative Example 2, and a contact angle measurement device ( The contact angle of water was measured by a droplet method (analysis method: θ/2 method) using DM700 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体における撥水層側の表面に、6.0μLの水滴を滴下し、前記接触角測定装置(協和界面科学社製、DM700)を用い、滑落法(水滴量:6.0μL、傾斜方法:連続傾斜、滑落検出:滑落後、滑落判定距離:0.25mm)にて、積層体の撥水層(r)面の動的撥水特性(滑落角)を測定した。 Measurement of sliding angle (initial sliding angle)
A water droplet of 6.0 μL was dropped on the surface of the water-repellent layer side of the laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26 and Comparative Example 2, and the contact angle Using a measuring device (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., DM700), the slide method (water droplet amount: 6.0 μL, tilt method: continuous slope, slide detection: after slide, slide judgment distance: 0.25 mm). The dynamic water repellency (sliding angle) of the surface of the water repellent layer (r) was measured.
実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体に、minoan製消しゴムを具備したスクラッチ装置を用い、消しゴムが積層体の撥水層(r)面に接した状態(接触面:直径6mmの円)で荷重1000gをかけ、消しゴムを40r/minの速度(一分間に40往復する速度)、ストローク40mmで積層体上を往復させ、耐摩耗試験を行った。消しゴムが積層体を3000回往復した後の水の接触角を測定した。 Measurement of wear resistance (initial wear resistance)
The laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and Comparative Example 2 were scratched using a scratching device equipped with an eraser made by Minoan. (r) A load of 1000 g is applied while in contact with the surface (contact surface: circle with a diameter of 6 mm), and the eraser is reciprocated on the laminate at a speed of 40 r / min (40 reciprocations per minute) and a stroke of 40 mm, A wear resistance test was performed. The contact angle of water was measured after the eraser reciprocated the laminate 3000 times.
実施例11、13、15、17、19、21、23、25、27及び比較例3で得られた積層体に、minoan製消しゴムを具備したスクラッチ装置を用い、消しゴムが積層体の撥水層(r)面に接した状態(接触面:直径6mmの円)で荷重1000gをかけ、消しゴムを40r/minの速度(一分間に40往復する速度)、ストローク40mmで積層体上を往復させ、耐摩耗試験を行った。消しゴムが積層体を1500回往復した後の水の接触角を測定した。 Measurement of Abrasion Resistance after Acceleration Test The laminates obtained in Examples 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 and 27 and Comparative Example 3 were scratched using a minoan eraser. , A load of 1000 g is applied with the eraser in contact with the water-repellent layer (r) surface of the laminate (contact surface: circle with a diameter of 6 mm), and the eraser is moved at a speed of 40 r / min (40 reciprocations per minute), stroke Abrasion resistance test was conducted by reciprocating on the laminate at 40 mm. The contact angle of water was measured after the eraser reciprocated the laminate 1500 times.
実施例11、13、15、17、19、21、23、25、27及び比較例3で得られた積層体について、室内蛍光灯下、目視で塗膜表面の状態を確認した。表面が無色透明なものを○、表面にムラや異物が認められるものを×として、官能評価を行った。 Visual confirmation of the surface of the coating film after the accelerated test. Check the condition of the surface. Sensory evaluation was carried out by assigning ◯ when the surface was colorless and transparent, and x when unevenness or foreign substances were observed on the surface.
Claims (11)
- アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、
ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上である混合組成物。 A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
When the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term (δD) in the Hansen solubility parameters is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio of solvent 2 (δH /δD) is 0.410 or more. - 溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比が、0.01質量%以上、250質量%以下である請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
- 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又は式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm3)0.5以下の有機溶剤2-Bを含む請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5、
δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm3)0.5である] Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 between the solvent 2 and the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A or the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on formula (E.1). The composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising the following organic solvent 2-B.
δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δH2: Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ] - 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bを含む請求項3に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 3, wherein the solvent 2 contains a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A and an organic solvent 2-B.
- 溶剤1がエステル系溶剤である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
- 有機ケイ素化合物(C)における少なくとも1つのケイ素原子に、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
- 有機ケイ素化合物(C)が、式(c1)~(c3)のいずれかで表される化合物である請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の組成物。
Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
p6は、1~3の整数であり、
Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
Z11-、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11)p6(Rx15)3-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
p20は、それぞれ独立して1~30の整数であり、p21は、それぞれ独立して0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20)p22(Rx22)3-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21)p23(Rx23)3-p23となる。
Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
Y31は、-NH-、-N(CH3)-又は-O-であり、Y31が複数存在する場合は複数のY31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
X31、X32、X33、X34は、それぞれ独立に、-ORc(Rcは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はアミノC1-3アルキルジC1-3アルコキシシリル基である)であり、X31が複数存在する場合は複数のX31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X32が複数存在する場合は複数のX32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X33が複数存在する場合は複数のX33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X34が複数存在する場合は複数のX34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
p31は、0~20の整数であり、p32、p33、p34は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p35は、0~5の整数であり、p36は、1~10の整数であり、p37は0又は1であり、
Z31及びZ32の少なくとも一方がアミノ基であるか、又はY31の少なくとも一つが-NH-又は-N(CH3)-であるという条件を満たし、かつ式(c3)で表される化合物の一方の末端がZ31-であり、他方の末端がZ32-であり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、p31個の-{C(Rx31)(Rx32)}-単位(Uc31)、p32個の-{C(Rfx31)(Rfx32)}-単位(Uc32)、p33個の-{Si(Rx33)(Rx34)}-単位(Uc33)、p34個の-{Si(Rfx33)(Rfx34)}-単位(Uc34)、p35個の-Y31-単位(Uc35)、p36個の-{Si(X31)(X32)-O}-単位(Uc36)、p37個の-{Si(X33)(X34)}-単位(Uc37)がそれぞれ任意の順で並んで結合して構成される。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 ; when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-units (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other terminal, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
p20 is each independently an integer of 1 to 30, p21 is each independently an integer of 0 to 30, and at least one of the repeating units bracketed with p20 or p21 is an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, wherein R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group,
R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 ,
Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x31, the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x34 , the plurality of Rf x34 may be different,
Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are a plurality of Y 31 , the plurality of Y 31 may be different,
X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different,
p31 is an integer of 0 to 20, p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p35 is an integer of 0 to 5, and p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1,
at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is -NH- or -N(CH 3 )-, and a compound represented by formula (c3) p31 -{C(R x31 )(R x32 )}-units, unless one end of is Z 31 - and the other end is Z 32 -, and -O- is not linked to -O- (U c31 ), p32-{C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 )}-units (U c32 ), p33-{Si(R x33 )(R x34 )}-units (U c33 ), p34 -{Si (Rf x33 ) (Rf x34 )}-units (U c34 ), p 35 -Y 31 -units (U c35 ), p 36 -{Si (X 31 ) (X 32 )-O }-unit (U c36 ) and p37 -{Si(X 33 )(X 34 )}-units (U c37 ) are arranged in arbitrary order and bonded together. - 有機ケイ素化合物(C)の含有量が、0.005質量%以上5質量%以下である請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of the organosilicon compound (C) is 0.005% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
- 基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、
前記中間層(c)が、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成される層である積層体。 A laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c),
A laminate, wherein the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8. - 基材(s)が、有機系材料で構成される基材である請求項9に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 9, wherein the substrate (s) is a substrate composed of an organic material.
- 請求項9又は10に記載の積層体を含むウインドウフィルム又はタッチパネルディスプレイ。 A window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to claim 9 or 10.
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020237029795A KR20230142559A (en) | 2021-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | mixed composition |
CN202280008057.9A CN116568773A (en) | 2021-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | Mixed composition |
EP22749506.6A EP4289914A1 (en) | 2021-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | Mixed composition |
US18/036,270 US20240018389A1 (en) | 2021-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | Mixed composition |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2021017844 | 2021-02-05 | ||
JP2021-017844 | 2021-02-05 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022168631A1 true WO2022168631A1 (en) | 2022-08-11 |
Family
ID=82741738
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/002095 WO2022168631A1 (en) | 2021-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | Mixed composition |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20240018389A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP4289914A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2022120793A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20230142559A (en) |
CN (1) | CN116568773A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202242015A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022168631A1 (en) |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH1090521A (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1998-04-10 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | Laminated phase difference plate which rotates polarization axis and projection type liquid crystal display device using the same |
JP2003048815A (en) * | 2001-08-01 | 2003-02-21 | Kose Corp | Two-layer type enamel remover |
JP2006111549A (en) * | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-27 | Nippon Nsc Ltd | Emulsion composition and cosmetic using the same |
JP2007232873A (en) | 2006-02-28 | 2007-09-13 | Teijin Ltd | Laminated polarizing film, retardation film and liquid crystal display device |
JP2010030979A (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2010-02-12 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
JP2012197330A (en) | 2011-03-18 | 2012-10-18 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd | Two-component mixing type organopolysiloxane composition, and method for curing the same |
JP2014080473A (en) * | 2012-10-15 | 2014-05-08 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Fluorine-containing ether composition, substrate having surface layer formed of the composition, and method for producing the same |
JP2014193988A (en) | 2013-02-26 | 2014-10-09 | Kansai Paint Co Ltd | Method for forming functional layer |
JP2014224837A (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2014-12-04 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Image display device |
JP2016500553A (en) * | 2013-07-17 | 2016-01-14 | エルジー・ケム・リミテッド | Method for predicting mixed solvent that minimizes use of single solvent and system using the same |
-
2022
- 2022-01-18 JP JP2022006005A patent/JP2022120793A/en active Pending
- 2022-01-21 WO PCT/JP2022/002095 patent/WO2022168631A1/en active Application Filing
- 2022-01-21 EP EP22749506.6A patent/EP4289914A1/en active Pending
- 2022-01-21 CN CN202280008057.9A patent/CN116568773A/en active Pending
- 2022-01-21 US US18/036,270 patent/US20240018389A1/en active Pending
- 2022-01-21 KR KR1020237029795A patent/KR20230142559A/en unknown
- 2022-01-27 TW TW111103583A patent/TW202242015A/en unknown
Patent Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH1090521A (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1998-04-10 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | Laminated phase difference plate which rotates polarization axis and projection type liquid crystal display device using the same |
JP2003048815A (en) * | 2001-08-01 | 2003-02-21 | Kose Corp | Two-layer type enamel remover |
JP2006111549A (en) * | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-27 | Nippon Nsc Ltd | Emulsion composition and cosmetic using the same |
JP2007232873A (en) | 2006-02-28 | 2007-09-13 | Teijin Ltd | Laminated polarizing film, retardation film and liquid crystal display device |
JP2010030979A (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2010-02-12 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
JP2012197330A (en) | 2011-03-18 | 2012-10-18 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd | Two-component mixing type organopolysiloxane composition, and method for curing the same |
JP2014080473A (en) * | 2012-10-15 | 2014-05-08 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Fluorine-containing ether composition, substrate having surface layer formed of the composition, and method for producing the same |
JP2014193988A (en) | 2013-02-26 | 2014-10-09 | Kansai Paint Co Ltd | Method for forming functional layer |
JP2014224837A (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2014-12-04 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Image display device |
JP2016500553A (en) * | 2013-07-17 | 2016-01-14 | エルジー・ケム・リミテッド | Method for predicting mixed solvent that minimizes use of single solvent and system using the same |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
CHARLES M. HANSEN: "Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook", 2007, CRC PRESS |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP4289914A1 (en) | 2023-12-13 |
US20240018389A1 (en) | 2024-01-18 |
TW202242015A (en) | 2022-11-01 |
KR20230142559A (en) | 2023-10-11 |
JP2022120793A (en) | 2022-08-18 |
CN116568773A (en) | 2023-08-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2021166736A1 (en) | Multilayer body and flexible display device | |
WO2022168628A1 (en) | Mixed composition and layered body | |
WO2022168630A1 (en) | Cured coating film and layered product | |
WO2022168631A1 (en) | Mixed composition | |
WO2022168636A1 (en) | Mixed composition and film formed from said mixed composition | |
WO2022168627A1 (en) | Layered body and method for producing same | |
WO2022168629A1 (en) | Mixed composition and laminate | |
WO2023171415A1 (en) | Mixed composition and layered body | |
WO2023157433A1 (en) | Laminate, window film, and touch panel | |
WO2023157434A1 (en) | Laminate, window film, and touch panel | |
WO2022168633A1 (en) | Laminate | |
JP2022120766A (en) | laminate | |
WO2022168660A1 (en) | Laminate | |
WO2023171414A1 (en) | Mixed composition and layered body | |
WO2024024188A1 (en) | Mixed composition | |
KR20240157063A (en) | Mixed compositions and laminates | |
CN118829695A (en) | Mixed composition and laminate |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22749506 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 18036270 Country of ref document: US |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202280008057.9 Country of ref document: CN |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20237029795 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022749506 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20230905 |